Shopify Dropshipping 2025 - The ULTIMATE FREE COURSE - Build a Profitable Dropshipping Business
By Elliott Prendy
Summary
## Key takeaways - **Niche Stores Outperform General Stores**: Niche stores, focusing on a specific product category, are superior to general stores for dropshipping success. They allow for easier testing of multiple products within a defined market, leading to a more branded and trustworthy appearance that boosts conversion rates. [06:39] - **Key Product Criteria for Success**: Winning dropshipping products must possess high perceived value, solve a problem or have a 'wow' factor, offer at least a $20 profit margin, have good visual assets (images/videos), a reliable supplier, and not be overly prevalent on platforms like Amazon. [01:12:16], [01:18:29] - **Mastering Meta Ad Metrics is Crucial**: Focus on CPM (under $40), CPC (under $1), and Cost Per Purchase (under your profit margin) to ensure ad profitability. While Meta's AI helps, understanding these core metrics is vital for scaling effectively. [05:09:44] - **Strategic Scaling: Patience and Data**: Scaling requires patience; successful stores like the case study ($776k AUD in year two) demonstrate the importance of testing audiences and creatives over time, reinvesting profits, and preparing for Q4 months in advance. [01:15:15], [02:23:24] - **Leverage AI for Customer Service & Content**: Utilize AI tools like wesk for chatbots to automate customer service and FAQs, and leverage ChatGPT or Google Gemini for writing ad scripts and product descriptions, significantly reducing workload and improving efficiency. [01:01:01], [04:08:05] - **Q4 Success Hinges on Early Preparation**: To maximize Q4 sales, start preparing in July by testing new audiences and creatives. Avoid scaling down too early in December to prevent order fulfillment issues and customer dissatisfaction, especially for gift purchases. [01:33:34], [04:47:22]
Topics Covered
- Building a Real, Long-Term E-commerce Business
- Niche Store Strategy to One-Product Store Success
- Focus Ads on Product Page, Not Homepage
- Meta Ads Structure: Campaign, Ad Set, Ad Explained
- Setting Up Your First Meta Ads Campaign
Full Transcript
in this video I'm going to be giving you
a full length step-by-step tutorial
showing you how to set up a profitable
Shopify Drop Shipping business from
scratch using meta ads I'll start off
the tutorial by giving you a complete
case study on a Shopify Drop Shipping
Store that has done over 600k in Revenue
I'll be showing you the store design
best selling products all of the backend
systems used the store's themes and apps
and the winning ad campaigns and ad
creatives for this store we'll then move
on to the practical step-by step lessons
where I'll walk you through choosing a
niche for your store and finding winning
products in that Niche I will show you
how to set up your store from scratch
including choosing your store's fonts
and colors designing a logo making your
store look completely branded so that it
matches your Niche importing products
optimizing your product titles and
descriptions editing your product images
setting up all of the necessary Pages
for your store such as a contact us page
order tracking page and policy Pages
I'll also be showing you how to add an
AI chatbot to your store to automate
customer service how to optimize your
products for search engines and how to
set up all of your store settings
including currencies shipping rates
taxes accepting payments and more once
you've got your store setup I'll be
walking you through how to create
captivating and engaging ad creatives
that sell I'll show you how to write ad
scripts how to find footage for your ads
and how to edit your ad creatives so
that they're unique and optimized to
achieve sales I'll then show you how to
set up your ad campaigns for Facebook
and Instagram also known as meta ads
I'll guide you through creating a
Facebook page and Instagram account for
your store and how to connect these to
your Shopify store along with your
Facebook pixel so you can start tracking
data with your ad campaigns I'll be
showing you the exact steps you need to
take to get your ad campaigns up and
running and show you how to read all of
the data and metrics for your ad
campaigns to ensure that they're
profitable I'll show you how to scale
your ad campaigns once you start making
consistent sales next up I'll walk you
through how to fulfill your store's
orders and automate the entire
fulfillment process as well as showing
you how to deal with customer returns
refunds and automating your store's
customer service last but not least I'll
be showing you how you can private label
your store's products so you can print
your logos on your store's products and
have custom packaging for your products
so you can build a real legitimate
long-term e-commerce business so if
you've always wanted to have your own
online business quit the 9 to-5 and
start making money with e-commerce and
dropshipping this is going to be the
tutorial for you now before we move on I
do just want to mention my private
dropshipping Community drop ship
Discovery if you join my private
Community you can work with me
personally and I will help you to scale
your drop shipping stores you'll get
access to me via a private one-onone on
chat where you can ask me any question
you have regarding building and scaling
your stores I run weekly Q&A live calls
so you've got support every step of the
way and you also get access to the slack
group with all of my private community
members allowing you to be part of a
group of individuals all working towards
a similar goal of growing their Drop
Shipping business just like I've done
with my student Pedro who has managed to
scale his stores to consistent and
profitable $500 days my name is Pedro
Sierra I've been in e-commerce for about
a year now and like most people starting
out I didn't want to pay for courses or
mentorship because I thought I could
teach myself everything on YouTube I was
able to get some sales but I wasn't
profitable and I couldn't scale anything
to the point I'm doing right now using
Elliot
strategies and this is about a month
since joining Elliott's drop ship
Discovery group almost 18,000 in sales
about 5 or 6,000 profit on this and
expect more going into the fourth
quarter ell just doesn't give you advice
and leave he works with you directly to
optimize your store your landing page
connect you with private suppliers to
lower your cost of goods and shipping
you get weekly meetings modules that are
perfect for beginners real Hands-On
support and it's not just another
payment it's an investment so anyone
who's serious about this should join his
group because this is possible for
anyone so if you're interested in
working with me oneon-one to scale your
drop shipping stores check out the link
in the description to my private
Community Dropship Discovery and now
let's move on to the next part of the
tutorial so welcome to the drop ship
Discovery case study on a drop shipping
store that has done over 680k in Revenue
I hope you're excited to dive into a
behind the scenes of a successful Drop
Shipping Store before you jump into the
Practical step-by-step lessons and start
setting up your very own successful Drop
Shipping Store in this case study I will
be showing you everything I'll be
showing you the store design all of the
best selling products all of the ad
strategies and marketing tactics and all
of the themes and apps that we used to
run the store so without wasting any
more time let's get straight into it so
here we are on the Shopify dashboard of
this Drop Shipping Store and as you can
see it has done over a million dollars
in Revenue but this is Australian dollar
so if we just go over to Google and you
convert this over this is around
680,000 us now I am just going to
refresh this for any of you Skeptics out
there before we actually go and dive in
and have a look at the store design and
all of the other things that I will be
showing you so as you can see all of the
numbers do stay the same for this
store's analytics so I'm sure you're
pretty excited to actually see the front
end of the store so I will just go over
to the homepage of the store and as you
can see this store is called Hooks and
ladders and it is a very simple drinking
game so it's a very simple one product
store if we actually go over to the
product page as you can see it's this
simple drinking game so people play
against each other where they have to
hook these hooks onto this hook and
whoever loses at the end has to take a
shot so it has been marketed as a
drinking game as you can see the store
does also have a bundle that has been
added to the store but I'm going to get
into that in a moment the first thing I
do want to go over is the store strategy
so with this store strategy it
originally started as a niche store
where multiple products were being
tested on this store and when I say a
niche store I do mean a store that only
has a specific category of products so a
general store you can sell any different
type of product a niche store only sells
products from one specific category so
it could be a pet store or a dog store
it could be a mother and baby store it
could be a sports store a golf store it
could be home wear and kitchen so think
of those as a niche store and in my
personal opinion this is the best
strategy that you can use to be
successful with Drop Shipping because
Niche stores allow you to test multiple
products at once as opposed to a one
product store but they look a little bit
more branded and professional in
comparison to a general store where
you're just selling all different types
of products so think of this store
originally so when you have a look at it
right now if we go back over to the
product page you can see it's just a one
product store now and that's because
originally it was being being ran as a
niche store around geeky gadgets and
games so think of it as a geeky gadgets
and games Niche store and kind of
similar to this website here dude I want
that this is what it was modeled upon
this isn't a Drop Shipping Store but it
does sell all different types of geeky
gadgets and games so like I say It was
kind of modeled on something similar to
this and it was selling geeky Gadgets in
games and then this product actually
started to do really well it started to
pick up for a month and get consistent
sales so then the store was converted
into a one product store and basically
the store was completely built around
this entire product and that is how it
was scaled to this amount of Revenue now
if we do just go over the store design
it is very simple so we will just go
back to the homepage like I say it has
just been centered around this single
product which was doing well on the
original Niche store selling geeky
Gadgets in games so the store was then
transitioned around this particular
product as you can see some custom
images do have some custom content here
as well of people playing with the game
so all of this custom content was
created using friends and family so it
was super easy to go and set up this
custom content once the product had
showed some promise so if we go and have
a look the homepage is super simple it's
basically the product page we do just
have a hero image at the top here but
really no one is really going to the
homepage when you're running ads we are
sending all of the customers to the
product page so it doesn't really matter
too much about the homepage as long as
it looks clean and professional you can
see we have some reviews of the product
here with some images if they click on
load more we have some more reviews so
we can click on that you can see quite a
few different reviews and then down the
bottom just a simple footer with all of
the policies also the contact
information and an order tracking page
and then some links to social media and
they can also go and change the currency
so the main audience that this store was
being targeted towards was Australia and
New Zealand but we did also add the
United States dollars as well if anybody
from the US wanted to purchase the
product so now let's go and have a look
at some of the other Pages we have an
order tracking page we have a simple
contact us page and now if we go over to
the product page I did very briefly show
you this but it's very simple so we do
just have the name up here we have a
bundle so this allows store to increase
the average order value so you can see
the main product is $40 Australian but
the bundle is 65 Australian dollars so
they can purchase these branded shot
glasses and also a carry bag for the
game and when I go over suppliers I'll
show you how these products were
actually branded So eventually this
product was white labeled which
basically just means that the supplier
put the logo on it for us before
shipping it out to customers so they
completely white labeled it for us but
I'll be showing you how you can do that
I'll be showing you the suppliers in the
next couple of lessons and I'll also be
showing you how you can do that in the
Practical step-by-step lessons as well
if we scroll down you can see we have
the specs we have the assembly
instructions so if we actually go over
to this page there was a custom video
created for this product just to show
customers how to actually assemble the
product so a few little things like this
where you're creating custom content
you're just going above and beyond
compared to your competitors this can
really help you set your store apart
doing little things like this creating
custom content then we have shipping and
returns and links to the refund and
shipping policy wholesale nobody
actually really ever purchased in
wholesale but it's always handy if you
do want to try and get some wholesale
purchases then we just have some simple
icons again a simple gift of people
playing with the product and a breakdown
of how the product actually works so how
do you actually use the game how do you
play the game then if we scroll down we
do have some more information about the
product some FAQs very simple FAQs and
some reviews so we have a look at some
of the FAQs how do I land a hook Landing
the hook onto that pesky ring is all
about the touch gently release the ring
slightly to the side of the hook to get
a nice rounded swing giving you the best
chance to Landing the ring so as you can
see there was a lot of thought about
what type of questions customers might
ask before purchasing the product then
again if we just scroll down you can see
we have the footer also on the product
page so the product page is very simple
you don't need to create anything
outlandish or have a super unique design
for your drop shipping stores to succeed
now if we go back into the backend
analytics I can show you some more
analytics so 340,000 store sessions the
conversion rate is pretty high so almost
close to 6% and that's pretty high and
the reason behind that is because the
audience for this store was completely
perfect so just bear this in mind you
want to get the right marketing angle
and the Right audience for this so if we
just scroll down a little bit you can
see that most of the customers for the
store came from Australia and New
Zealand and in Australia and New Zealand
they have a massive drinking culture so
that's why this product was completely
centered around drinking if we just go
back to the product page you can see it
has been marketed as a drinking game and
when I show you some of the Facebook ads
you'll easily be able to see how this
product was marketed as a drinking game
but as you can see here they are just
going and playing and having a few
drinks on the side here as part of the
GIF but in the ad it makes it much
clearer how this product has been
marketed as a drinking game so like I
say the reason why the conversion rate
is so high is because with this store we
were able to find the exact audience and
Market it towards them so just bear that
in mind when we come to the product
research modules later on in the
Practical step-by-step lessons you
always want to think about the marketing
angle of the product and the audience
that you are going to Market your
product towards so like I say Australia
and New Zealand do have a big drinking
culture so it was very easy to Market
this product as a drinking game if we
have a look at some of the other
analytics the average order value was
just under 50 Australian doll like I say
we were able to boost this by offering
that bundle deal so some people
purchased the bundle some people
purchased the product on its own but the
bundle really helped to actually boost
the average order value overall and
having a higher average order value
basically means that you can have more
profits for your product now if you
scroll down you can see the top selling
products so we had this original one
Hooks and ladders finished wood and then
the hooks and ladders drinking game
which is the current one so if we just
go over to the products you can see that
the original finished wood one is out of
stock now and now we are currently
selling this one Hooks and ladders
drinking game it's essentially the same
game just a different color wood so you
can see the original one the finished
wood one was selling very well but like
I say it's pretty much the same game
just a different color wood we've
already had a look at the sessions by
location of course sessions by device is
mainly mobile so if we just go over here
you can see almost 80% of it is coming
from mobile so you'll always want to
make sure that your store is optimized
for mobile and in the Practical
step-by-step lessons we'll be showing
you how to do that but as you can see
most of the sessions have come from
mobile for this store now if you have a
look at the sessions by social Source
they are coming all from Facebook and
Instagram so in the next lesson I will
be diving deep into the meta ads manager
and showing you all of the ads that were
ran but basically this complete store
was only ran using Facebook and
Instagram ads we tried a little bit of
Tik Tok ads as well but that didn't
really work out so pretty much 99% of
the revenue has been generated using
Facebook and Instagram ads now they just
call them meta ads but just make it
easier for you to remember that their
Facebook and Instagram ads you can see
some direct traffic as well but that is
also mostly coming probably from
Facebook and Instagram and then if you
scroll down you can just have a look at
some of the landing pages some of the
orders that have been fulfilled now like
I mentioned I do really want to just
drill this home about the marketing
angle and the audiences because if we do
have a look at teamu you can get pretty
much the same product here it's probably
a cheaper quality version of the product
but it's essentially a very similar
product for a much cheaper price but the
way that they've marketed the product is
not as strong so as you can see they're
pretty much marketing it for parties for
kids they've got bar drink home all
different types of things they don't
have a strong marketing angle for the
product now if we actually go over to
the ads manager and I just go and choose
let's just choose from the beginning of
January 22 so I will show you when I did
start this store in the next lesson but
let's just go from January 22 to
December 22 and hit update and we can go
and have a look at one of my best
selling ads so let's just go for this
campaign here let's click on the actual
campaigns and we'll go to the best
selling ad so if I just click on view
charts and I can actually show you the
best selling ad for this product so
let's just wait for this to load and we
can scroll down I am going to just hit
play now
feels it feel the heat feel the heat
finishing
strong pressure
so as you can see the best selling ad is
very simple but it's all about the
feeling that you're creating with the
customer and with your main marketing
angle so as I mentioned our main
marketing angle was to sell this as a
drinking game and the vibe and the
feeling that we've created with this ad
illustrates exactly that so they're on
the deck it's the summer they're having
a few drinks they're playing the game
they're having fun and that's the exact
feeling that we want the customer to
feel when they see the ad that's what's
going going to push them to make that
impulse purchase so just bear this in
mind around your ads you really want to
have a strong marketing angle and you
want to think about the feeling and
emotions that you want your customers to
feel when they see your ad so with this
particular ad like I say it reminds them
of having a good time it reminds them of
the summer sitting playing games with
their friends and having a few drinks
and this is what's going to push them to
actually go and purchase the product
whereas with teu they don't really have
that strong marketing angle that's going
to evoke those otions with potential
customers this ad is what's doing that
and with Facebook you are trying to get
impulse buys so people are seeing it
you're playing on their emotions you're
making them feel those emotions and
that's why they're going to want to
purchase the product so a few key
takeaways from this lesson are to think
of your main marketing angle so in this
instance the product was a drinking game
now in the Practical step-by-step
lessons you will be creating a niche
store with multiple different products
so for every product that you research
you will always want to think of a main
marketing angle for that product for
some products the main marketing angle
is very obvious so if a product solves
back pain well the main marketing angle
is very simple it solves back pain but
for other products it won't be as
obvious so in our instance we had to be
a little bit clever about it and Market
this as a drinking game you do also want
to think of your main audience so who's
actually going to be interested in the
product and like I say when you go and
create your own store using the
practical step-by-step lessons you will
need to think about different audiences
for different products and you can tie
those in with the marketing angle so the
marketing angle was a drinking game
because Australia and New Zealand have a
big drinking culture we tied these two
together thirdly you do want to have
good branding and good creatives this is
what's going to help you evoke those
emotions with the audiences and this
will help you to push them to make
impulse buys that's what works with
Facebook and with Drop Shipping you're
trying to push the customer customers to
make an Impulse buy and purchase the
product on the spot to make them think
it's a really good deal they really want
the product and they need to purchase it
right now and finally you do want to
increase your average order value with
bundles and offers so again having a
look at the product page you can see
this bundle where we offer the shot
glasses and the carry bag as a bundle
and increasing your average order value
will help you to increase your overall
profits so that is it for this first
lesson in the case study in the next
lesson I'll be breaking down all of the
key milestones for this store having a
look at all of the audiences and ads
that were tested on meta ads and having
a look at the profits for this
store so in this lesson I am going to
give you a complete breakdown of all of
the revenue for this store and I will
also dive deeper into the ads account
and have a look at some of the different
audiences that were targeted and some of
the different ads that were used so as
you can see here is where the store
initially started July
2021 and it was slowly scaled up towards
Q4 towards the end of
2021 now because I was originally
running this store from a niche store
well running this product from a niche
store I was still running the ads from a
separate ads account at this point so in
October 2021 I created a dedicated ads
account for this specific store so I
don't have the ads account for July
August and September of this store so
I'm just going to say that the initial
phase for this store is between October
21 and December 21 which is Q4 of
October 2021 so I was kind of trying to
rush to get to Q4 with this product it
had shown some initial promise firstly
on the original Niche store then when I
transferred it over to this store it was
still showing some good promise as you
can see August 2021 1K in sales and then
in September 11k in sales so it still
showing some good promise so like I say
we were trying to sort of rush through
to get to Q4 and get this product to
some decent sales and some decent
Revenue in Q4 but there was still quite
a lot of testing to do at this point in
terms of audiences and creatives but if
we just go over to the ads account we
can have a look at this initial phase so
October 2021 through to December 2021
and you can see the ads spend 23,000 now
if we go over to the campaigns you can
see the results so this one here this
conversion campaign got 1,300 purchases
and then there was also a conversion
campaign for New Zealand so these two
campaigns were essentially the same
except for one was for Australia and one
was for New Zealand I also did do an
engagement campaign for New Zealand just
to boost the engagement of the ad so you
can see only $40 spent on that
engagement campaign so these were the
two main campaigns in that initial phase
for this product so I'll just dive
deeper into these campaigns so if we
actually click on this first conversion
campaign that got a large bulk of the
website purchases you can have a look at
how I actually broke down these
campaigns so I had two adsets and they
were they were both interest targeting
campaigns so one was targeting games and
one was targeting college so if we click
on edit on this particular campaign I
can show you the exact interests so if
we just scroll down like I say this
campaign was targeting Australia only as
you can see and the interests were games
and board games so I'd actually stacked
the interests for this particular adset
I don't really do that anymore because
it can become kind of difficult to see
which interest is actually performing
because you've stacked two interests
into one adset so generally I only
choose one interest now going forward
but at this time I was testing out
different things and as you can see I
had excluded the dropshipping interest
so anybody that was interested in Drop
Shipping wouldn't see the ad now the
audience size was pretty medium so just
around 10 million so not massive but not
super small either now I did also have
this other AD set so if we click on edit
on this one and this was the college ad
set so these were two interests that I
thought might match up with the
particular product games and board games
because it was a game product and
college because they do a lot of
drinking at University and college
especially in Australia so if we just
scroll down as you can see this was the
University interest and again the
dropshipping interest was excluded now
the audience size for this adet was much
smaller so around 2 million not that big
but still enough to find some customers
so this was the initial campaign if we
just go back to campaigns this was the
initial conversion campaign so this was
being run in October so if we just go
over to October and hit update you can
see this was the first campaign that we
started with for this product whilst
trying to scale in Q4 if we actually
have a look through November so let's go
over to November that's when the New
Zealand campaign was actually introduced
throughout November so we basically just
replicated the Australian campaign and
we just changed the country so if I go
and choose let's go for o October
through to December and hit update and
now I'll just go and select the New
Zealand campaign we'll go over to the
adsets and as you can see it's the exact
same adsets except for targeting New
Zealand rather than Australia so if we
click on edit we can scroll down and you
can see the Target location is New
Zealand but it is the same interests and
then that is the same for the college
adset in New Zealand the audience is
much smaller but we were still able to
get some sales so if we just go over to
the college adset and we hit edit and we
can simply scroll down with this
particular adset and as you can see
University higher education and
excluding Drop Shipping for this
particular audience it was quite small
but again sales were still able to be
achieved so don't worry too much about
the audience size if something is doing
well you can always try and replicate it
for another country although the culture
in Australia and New Zealand is quite
similar so that was the thought process
behind
running a very similar ad set just to a
different country because they are very
similar countries now if we actually
have a look at the best performing ad
during this period so you can see we
will just select both of these campaigns
and we will go over to the ads as a
matter of fact let me go back to the
adset just make sure all of the adsets
are selected and now you can see all of
the ads so essentially we had two ad
creatives during this time period one
for the Australian market and one for
the New Zealand Market and we were using
the same ad creative for each adet so
essentially for the game adet and for
the college adet the same ad creative
was being run but as you can see one
creative was targeting the Australian
market and one creative was targeting
the New Zealand market so if we click on
view charts I believe this is the New
Zealand one so let's just scroll down
and I will just go and put this on mute
and you can go and have a look at the ad
so you can see New Zealand is going
crazy over this new drinking game Hooks
and ladders move the shot glass each
time you land a hook the loser takes the
shot make parties a lot more fun and
exciting no setup required so you can
take Hooks and ladders Wherever You Live
join thousands of sa satisfied customers
in New Zealand I am just going to play
it again so you can hear the music a
little bit
so as you can see it is a very basic ad
if we have a look at the ad copy it's
very simple and concise have an absolute
blast at your next gathering with the
game that is taking New Zealand by storm
so the ad copy was very specific towards
targeting the country go head-to-head
with mates at Gatherings great
conversation piece for any home must
have at parties holidays the beach and
more so the ad copy is super simple if
we have a look at the Australian version
of the ad it is pretty much identical so
let's just go to the Australian version
of the ad I will just scroll down if we
have a look at the ad copy you can see
it's pretty much identical we have just
changed New Zealand to Australia and as
you can see it says Australia is going
crazy over this game it's essentially
the exact same ad we have just swapped
out Australia for New Zealand to make it
more personalized for that market same
music Same Clips same captions same
everything we have just changed where it
said New Zealand to Australia now of
course this was the original ad that we
started with so as you can see thousands
of satisfied customers in Australia we
were originally targeting Australia so
then we just duplicated that campaign
and recreated the ad for New Zealand now
that was the initial phase which done
fairly well so as you can see some
pretty good website purchases with both
of these campaigns and the cost per
purchase was very cheap $10 $11 now this
is Australian dollars just bear that in
mind so that is very cheap during this
period however during this period if we
actually just go over to the analytics
so we'll just scroll all the way back to
2021 and I will just show you how much
revenue was brought in during this
period in total so we're just going to
go from October to over here like this
so you can see
71,3 during this period here so if we
actually have a look at the breakdown of
this initial phase you can see this is
how much we brought in$
71,3 Australian dollars was brought in
on this store in US dollar that's
46,50 the cost of goods around this time
was slightly more expensive so we did
manage to get the cost of goods down in
the next phase which I will show you but
overall the cost of goods was around
this all of these numbers have been
rounded up so they are slightly more
conservative you do have the ad spend so
if we go over to the ads account 20 just
over $23,000 Australian dollar so as you
can see that's here in Us dolls that's
around just under 15,000 and then the
processing fees and Shopify fees were
around $1,900 Australian dollar which is
just over 1,200 us so during this first
three months of Q4 for
2021 the total profit even though it
looks like a lot right it's 71,000 in
Revenue the total profit was only
$1,000 now don't be alarmed you might
thinking well that's terrible but that's
okay because now you're going to see in
the next year how the store makes a huge
amount of profit based on this because
like I said in this initial phase this
was really the testing period for Q4 we
were just trying to rush things through
in Q4 just to show a proof of concept
that this product could achieve a good
amount of sales it got over 1,700 sales
so now was the time over the next period
which was 20 2022 where we could
actually test this product further test
more audiences test more creatives and
prepare for Q4 of
2022 so now we're going to go over to
2022 and this is basically the second
phase of the store so let's go over to
2022 and we will just hit apply and as
you can see during this second period
the store done over 700,000 in Revenue
in Australian dollars now if you
actually have a look January February
March April May and June and July sort
of were kind of slow months so for the
first 6 months of the year it was pretty
slow now I was running another store at
this point I was running my shoe store
if you have seen that case study on my
YouTube channel so there was a lot of
time and effort being put into that
store as well but this store was still
being prepared for Q4 of 2022 so a lot
of testing was going on as well now of
course the first couple of months of any
year are always going to be fairly slow
in e-commerce because Q4 is so crazy and
Manic and you try to achieve so many
sales in Q4 the q1 quarter 1 the first 3
months of any e-commerce store depending
on which industry in but generally they
will be fairly slow so as you can see
January February March fairly slow the
same with April and May and June now if
we actually have a look I'm just going
to pick one of these random months and
during this time period here like I said
different creatives and different
audiences were being tested in
preparation for Q4 it had already been
proven that this product could work in
Q4 in the first initial phase so now it
was time to test out different creatives
and different audiences to see if it
could be scaled in Q4 2022 now this is
something to bear in mind you do need to
have some patience with your drop
shipping stores I know you probably see
a lot of gurus online and they're
scaling their stores to 100K a month
within 30 30 days but those are mostly
the outliers they're the exception to
the rule it can take time to test
different audiences to get new creatives
to test different creatives to test new
copy to create new campaigns so you
always just want to be preparing and the
best time when you can actually sell for
your e-commerce and drop shipping stores
will always be in Q4 of course you want
to try and sell all year round but most
of the time you will be preparing for Q4
because this is where you can make a
bulk of your sales for the year so I'll
just pick a random month let's just pick
May 2022 we will just come over to the
ads manager and I am just going to go
and choose May 2022 so let's go to May
2022 we can just unselect all of the
campaigns and now we can simply have a
look at which campaigns perform the best
so you can see here this one is called
Australia final attempt so this is a
final attempt at testing this particular
campaign so if we just go and hit we're
just going to choose this we'll go over
to adsets and now we can go and have a
look at these adsets for this test
campaign so you can see for this
particular adset it was Australia
combined interests so if I just go and
hit edit and then I can simply scroll
down and you can go and have a look so
this one was combined interests so a few
more interests had been added so for the
first initial phase the games interest
and the university interest were in
separate adsets now we had combined them
so you've got University parties games
and alcoholic beverages all in one
campaign the audience was slightly
larger like I say I don't really do this
anymore because it becomes hard to see
which interest is the one that's
actually bringing you in sales so most
of the time I will always separate out
my interests now if we come over to the
second adset here and we click edit this
is a broad campaign so we're testing out
broad campaigns as well so if we scroll
down you can see that audience is much
bigger and if we scroll down you can see
it's basically just Australia all
genders and no interests so that's what
a broad campaign is when you create a
broad campaign you are basically just
letting Facebook find the ideal
customers for you now in 2024 going
forward Facebook's algorithm and AI is
much more advanced it has much more data
so broad adsets can work very well
depending on the product if you have a
very Niche specific product for example
a golf product it's very easy to Target
with interest targeting but if you have
a product for example an anxiety relief
product or a back pain product it can be
worth testing a broad campaign because
there isn't really a specific interest
that you can Target for back pain for
example so this is one thing I really
want you to keep in mind from this
lesson you need to be testing different
audiences and different creatives
throughout the year until you find that
best performing audience that is
bringing you in the most sales and until
you find that best performing ad
creative that is bringing you in the
most sales so like I say during may we
were testing out different things
sometimes they didn't work they weren't
really profitable but we were mostly
breaking even during these months so we
weren't really making a loss so it was
totally fine so now if we go over to one
of the bigger months so let's just go
for example let's have a look at August
which is where it started to scale
slowly so we can just go and have a look
at August I will go and choose August
2022 and hit update and we will just get
rid of all of these selected campaigns
we'll come back to campaigns now so as
you can see here August 2022 we were
testing creatives so in may we were
testing different audiences so we were
testing stacked interests for Australia
we were also testing broad adsets for
Australia as well and now we are testing
different creatives so if we just go and
select this and we can go over to the
ads and you can see there are loads of
different creatives in here so this is
how I was testing different different
creatives firstly I'm testing the
audiences and then if I can see an
audience is doing fairly well then I'll
test all of the creatives to that
audience so again this is a great
takeaway for you to bear in mind test
the audiences first so when I say
audience I mean different countries
different interests different
demographics but mostly different
countries and different interests and
once you find one that is getting some
traction it is bringing you in some
sales then you can test loads of
different creatives towards that
audience so as you can see in here we
have quite a few different creatives
we've got this Tik Tok style ad so let's
actually have a look at which one
achieved the most sales so we can see
this ad here which I did show you in the
previous lesson this is the best selling
ad this is just a very simple ad that we
tested out to quite a few different
audiences and this ad creative always
performed the best
so I'll just go and play it for you
again so this is that very simple ad
creative that I showed you in the last
lesson that is the best selling ad
creative it has been custom made it
doesn't have any captions it doesn't
have any background music a very simple
ad creative so like I mentioned in the
previous lesson when it comes to ad
creatives it is all about the emotions
that you evoke with your customers so
this is the type of feeling that they
want to feel when they are purchasing
the product so we actually go and have a
look at some of the other ad creatives
that we tested during this time let's
have a look at some of the ones that
didn't perform so well so for example
this multi multi video ad for Father's
Day if we click on view charts and if I
just scroll down on this ad and I hit
play and this particular ad was marketed
as a Father's Day product so as you can
see this New Zealand drinking game is
the absolute best gift for your dad on
Father's Day now this ad didn't actually
perform very well so obviously people
didn't think that this would be a good
product for Father's day but the main
message I'm trying to get across you is
you need to be testing different ad
creatives and different audiences
especially if a product has shown some
promise so this product achieved 1,500
sales in that initial phase that I
showed you so we knew it had promise and
that's why we wanted to constantly Test
new creatives and new audiences so we
can now close this we'll just show you
one more this Tik Tok style ad so if I
just click on view charts and I can
simply now just scroll down and we can
have a look at this Tik style at Tik
to awes Kiwi
that move the shot up the ladder each
time you land the hook until you reach
the and the loser has to take the shot %
off TI to now I actually thought that
this was a pretty good ad but of course
it didn't perform very well it only
achieved five sales so now that we've
done our ad creative testing we could
see that this was the one that was
bringing in the most sales so if we just
go back to the campaigns we can actually
just go and select the rest of the year
so we'll just go from January all the
way through to the end of August which
was mostly the testing phase for this
period getting ready for Q4
2022 and if we just go to website
purchases let's get rid of selected you
can see there are a number of different
campaign they're all done fairly well
they all achieved a decent amount of
website purchases but if we actually go
and click on a few of these so let's
just click on these first three and now
if we just go over to ads you can see
that the main ad creative if we just
come over to results that was doing well
was that simple ad creative that I just
showed you so if you have a look 1 2 3 4
so all of these four ads are exactly the
same and as you can see they achieved
the most website purchase
if you combine all of those website
purchases together the second best ad
creative was this NZ one which had the
captions over that I showed you during
the initial phase so that was the second
best ad creative but this was the main
ad creative that was achieving sales
during that testing phase coming up to
Q4
2022 so now imagine it's Q4 2022 so we
will just come over to Q4 2022 so we'll
go to octo as a matter of fact we'll go
from September
mber through to December and just hit
apply and as you can see this is where a
bulk of the revenue for this store came
in so September 202 22k then October 83k
then November
345k massive month and then December
293k now I will go over why December had
less Revenue than November in a moment
because there's an important lesson to
learn behind that but let's just go over
to the ad for this time period as well
so we are just going to come over to the
ads September all the way through to
December so Q4 where the most Revenue
was achieved if we just go over to the
campaigns let's get rid of all of the
selected campaigns we will go to results
and as you can see that creative testing
campaign from August was the main
campaign that brought in a bulk of the
revenue for Q4 and then we also had the
same one for New Zealand so like I
showed you in the initial phase these
two campaigns were essentially the same
same adsets same ads but one was
targeting Australia and one was
targeting New Zealand we then duplicated
that for the UK you can see it got a few
sales but the cost per purchase was
quite high for the UK so this campaign
was never quite profitable and we also
tried to duplicate it for Canada as well
but as you can see it didn't really work
that well and there was also was a
retargeting campaign so people that had
viewed the ad but didn't make a purchase
then we made a retargeting campaign with
different creatives and we were able to
convert 475 more purchases but as you
can see this was that main testing
campaign so we have been preparing for
Q4 all the way from July August time so
that's another key lesson that you need
to take away you need to be preparing
for Q4 in the middle of the Year testing
new creatives testing audiences so then
you can begin to scale once you get to
Q4 you're not starting from scratch once
you hit Q4 you're ready to go and start
scaling so if we actually just go and
choose two of these campaigns these best
performing campaigns we'll go over to
the adsets and then will show you some
of the best performing adsets so two of
the best performing adsets were actually
broad adsets not interest targeting so
remember I mentioned broad adsets
earlier where you're not adding any
interests to the adset and you're just
letting Facebook do its thing and find
the customers for you so if we just go
and hit edit on this first one we can
simply scroll down and as you can see it
was just Australia and completely broad
demographics so broad age broad genders
and no interest targeting if we have a
look at the second one over here we can
click edit on this one and if I scroll
down on this particular adset it is
exactly the same except for it was for
New Zealand so those were the two best
performing adsets with no interests just
completely Broad one for Australia and
one for New Zealand and these achieved
the most sales now if we come back to
the campaigns I can just close this and
let's get rid of this let's have a look
at the UK one so we can choose the UK
campaign we will go over to the adset
and it was the same for the UK a
completely broad UK adet now if we
actually go and choose this and we go
over to the ads and now we can simply go
and click on view charts and if you have
a look at the ad that we targeted
towards the UK it's the exact same ad
we've just tailored the ad copy and
changed Australia and New Zealand to the
UK so have an absolute blast at your
next party with the game that is taking
the UK by storm and it's the exact same
ad so that's another thing that you need
to keep in mind you do need to tailor
your ad copy depending on the audience
depending on the country don't just
simply write one single ad copy and try
and push it to all different audiences
you need to tailor your ad copy
depending on who you're t targeting so
this did achieve a fair amount of sales
but like I say it wasn't very profitable
because the cost per purchase was
slightly too high so it was mostly
breaking even during this period so now
you can just verify which ad performed
the best during this period so if we
just go back to the campaigns we will
choose these two top performing
campaigns we can come over to the ads
and as you can see it is this ad again
the same one I've just shown you is the
one that has been performing the best so
as you can see with all of the sales all
the top four ads these are all the same
the same ad that I just showed you that
custom ad that was created it doesn't
have any captions no background music a
very simple ad but it evokes the right
emotion for this particular product that
we want customers to fill and make that
impulse purchase so that was the second
phase where this product was scaled very
highly now if we do have a look at
December I will just go over to December
because like I say I think there's an
important lesson to learn here for some
new drop shippers and that is that as
you can see here we massively dropped
off around the 12th of December and that
is because you need to scale your stores
down towards the middle of December
because if you push your products all
the way up until Christmas Eve your
products won't get there in time due to
the delivery times and then you'll get a
massive amount of refunds because
customers won't want the product anymore
because it has arrived after Christmas
so as you can see the revenue did drop
off quite drastically from the 12th
onwards and like I say that's because of
the delivery times if you have a look at
November let's go to
November this was a massive scaling
month so when it comes to Q4 with Drop
Shipping November is really going to be
your biggest month where you're really
pushing your products because it's going
to give you enough time for your
products to get to your customers in
time for Christmas and you can still
push it towards the earlier weeks of
December so I think that's a really
important lesson to remember now of
course like I mentioned if we go over to
2023 this is the next phase and in the
beginning of any year is usually quite
slow especially when you've had such a
massive month in November and December
so let's just go over to
2023 and I will just go and show you
this is basically the Final Phase of
this particular store I haven't really
been running it throughout 2024 I've
been focusing on some other projects so
this is pretty much the Final Phase of
this product but before we go over that
Final Phase I do want to show you the
seconde profits for this particular
store so the store revenue for the
second year was
$776,000 Australian doar so as a matter
of fact let's just go back so I can just
verify that with you so let's go that
all the way back to the beginning of
2022 and we will go all the way to the
end of 2022 and hit apply so now in the
second year as you can see 76
,400 Australian dollars which in US
dollar is just over 500k there was a new
supplier being used in 2022 which was
quite a lot cheaper than the original
supplier for the initial phase so the
cost of goods was just over
$200,000 the ad spend so we will go over
to the ad spend for 2022 so let's go to
the beginning of
2022 all the way through to the end of
202
2 and we will just hit apply so you can
see the complete ad spend so let's just
go back over to campaigns so as you can
see just over
220,000 in adspend so if we come back
over here that in Us doll is 144,000 and
then the processing fees was just under
10k us so the profit for 2022 was just
over
$120,000 for this store if you average
that out over a month it's just over
$10,300 so as I mentioned to you before
you do need to be a little bit patient
when it comes to scaling your stores you
can't just be super aggressive and scale
them as soon as you see some initial
promise it does take some time to work
out the Right audience to test new
creatives and start to scale from there
and you can reinvest the profits from
previous months so that you can continue
scaling so it's kind of like a Snowball
Effect you make some profits you
reinvest those profits back in ads and
you continue to scale that way so let's
go to the final phase of the store
2023 we will just go and have a look at
the revenue for this particular year so
I'll just hit apply and of course it
wasn't as good as the previous year this
product had of course achieved a very
high amount of sales in 2022 so it was
going to be hard to re aieve that again
with the same product so January was a
very quiet month the first 3 months
again as you can see where we're fairly
quiet and we're basically just doing the
same thing that we done the previous
year testing new audiences testing new
creatives I was working on other stores
as well during this time period but as
you can see during Q4 it done very well
again in November and in December so not
as well as the previous year but still
fairly decent $200,000 in Australian
dollars so pretty good so if we just go
and pick one of these random months
again let's just go and pick September
2020 23 for example so we'll come over
to the ad
campaigns and we will come to September
20123 and hit update and we can have a
look at which campaigns we're doing the
best so this one here was a November
2023 campaign so we're basically
preparing it for November in September
so if we actually just go and have a
look at this campaign we can come over
to the adsets let's go to the results
and if we just go and click on edit and
this adset was basically the same as the
previous adsets that had done well so it
was a broad adset targeting Australia we
just created a new campaign for the new
year if we do go over to the ads we can
see that we were testing out a new ad so
if we just click on view charts and we
can just have a look at that new
creative that we were testing so let me
just put the volume up a little bit and
hit play
as you can see there was some new custom
footage created for this particular ad
creative and new copy was being tested
so have an absolute blast at your next
party with the game that is taking
Australia by storm so it was very
similar to the original copy all of this
bit was exactly the same just the
initial headline was slightly different
now if we actually go and have a look
let's go and pick another month so we
just chose September October not much
was spent and now if we just come over
to November 2023 you can see the scaling
had begun again for Q4 now I think we
were pretty lazy during this time period
perod we weren't testing as many new
audiences and as many new creatives
throughout the year because there were
other projects and other stores to work
on but if we just go back to the
campaigns and we just go and have a look
at November for example and we just hit
update you can see that we basically
just used the same campaigns from last
year's Q4 we knew that they had worked
well in last year's Q4 so we just
started running them again for Q4 2023
now this is the really great thing About
Drop Shipping if you do find an audience
and a creative that works well you can
pretty much rinse it a couple of times
to bring in a good amount of Revenue but
it's all about testing audiences and
creatives first in order to find that
winning audience and creative so like I
mentioned these were the same campaigns
that achieved a high amount of Revenue
in Q4 2022 and they were just turned
back on and used again for Q4
2023 so again if we go into choose both
of these campaigns we can go and have a
look at the same adsets so they were
just broad adsets again with a high
amount of website purchases as you can
see the cost per purchase was still very
low so a good profit was still able to
be achieved and if we go over to the
actual ads it's the same ad creative so
if we just go to results it's the same
simple ad creative that has been used
for Q4 2023 as well and if we just go
and have a look at December 2023 we can
hit update and as you can see again it's
the same ad creative it's the same
adsets those broad adsets for Australia
and for New Zealand in this particular
instance Australia did actually work
better in 2023 so if we just go and
click on edit I believe this is the
Australian adset so let's just scroll
down as you can see yes this is the
Australian adset the New Zealand one
still performed fairly well but like I
say it's the same campaigns from
2022 that have performed again for Q4 in
2023 and were able to still achieve a
decent amount in revenue for this
particular store so let's have a look at
the profit breakdown for this store in
2023 as you can see the store Revenue
204,000 as you can see here so that's
around
$130,000 the cost of goods had come down
a little bit Again by using that same
supplier from 2022 so around 57,000 on
the cost of goods the ad spend was just
over $63,000 Australian doll so if we
just come over to
2023 so let's
just come to
2023 and we will just go and choose the
entire year so I can show you the entire
ad spend so just over
$63,000 Australian doll which is around
$40,000 and the processing fees and
Shopify fees were around 2,600 so for
the third and final year of this store
the profit was just over
$30,000 or just under 31,000 which is
around
$25,000 per month on average for 2023
and if you have a look at the total
profit for the store over the 3year
period that it has been run you can see
that the total profit with all of these
years added is just over
$150,000 so if you divide that by 3
years that's around
$52,000 per year on average which is
pretty decent considering that you can
work for yourself you can work from
anywhere you don't have to go into an
office you can live on your own terms
and all of those types of things this is
a pretty decent wage now the last things
I do want to go over as part of this
lesson are the key takeaways from this
lesson I hope I have drilled them into
your head now from this entire lesson
but the main thing is you need to test
lots of different audiences this store
we tested multiple different countries
Australia New Zealand UK and Canada so
don't be afraid to test different
countries and make sure that you're
tailoring your creatives and your ad
copy towards those countries don't just
write some generic ad copy and create a
generic ad tailor your creatives and
your copy towards the countries that
you're targeting we also tested multiple
different audiences and adsets so
interest targeting like college games
alcoholic beverages and those types of
things and also broad adsets as well so
where you are just targeting a country
and letting Facebook find the customer
cust for you you also want to test lots
of different creatives so with this
particular store 14 creatives have been
tested obviously that main creative was
the winning one but that's how you find
a winning ad creative by testing lots of
new creatives you can find that one that
consistently performs across all
audiences and that is going to be the
creative that is going to achieve a bulk
amount of sales for you now I've just
put in a final key takeaway here once
you find a winning audience so for this
store's particular instance the winning
audience was Australia and New Zealand
some of the interest targeting worked
okay in the initial phase but generally
the broad adsets worked better so like I
say the winning audience was a broad
adset towards Australia and New Zealand
and once you find a winning creative
that creative that I showed you that has
worked really well you can combine these
to scale your store and then you can
continue to scale it a number of
different times and the last key
takeaway is that you need to be
preparing for for Q4 with your stores as
early as you possibly can so as you saw
in 2022 the testing phase for Q4 2022
actually began in July so those are the
main milestones for this store that I
wanted to cover in this lesson now don't
worry I will be going over in more
detail what actually makes a winning ad
creative because I know I showed you a
few winning ad creatives in this lesson
but you probably still have some
questions about what actually makes a
winning ad creative so I will be
covering those in the Practical
stepbystep lessons but for the next
lesson I want to show you all of the
apps and themes that were used on this
store so in this lesson I'm going to be
showing you all of the themes and apps
that were used on this store so we will
start by looking at the themes so if we
just head over to online store the
current theme that is being used for
this store is the dawn theme and that is
just the default free Shopify themes so
just bear that in mind you don't need to
have any extravagant themes or anything
like that when you are creating your
stores you can just start with a basic
theme and it can do pretty well now
there are of course some themes that
have additional features that you can
use but like I say if you're on a tight
budget you can always just start with
the default themes so if we just scroll
down you can see I've got a few
different themes that have been used
mostly the dawn theme and that has been
updated over the years we did originally
start with the debut theme this was one
of the original free Shopify themes from
a couple of years ago now it's the dawn
theme which is the default one but back
in the days debut was the free default
theme so if we just click on the three
dots we can click on preview to have a
look at what the store originally looked
like it pretty much looked very similar
to what it currently looks like we've
just added a few extra things so if we
actually go over to the product page you
can see it doesn't look as nice it
doesn't look as clean and professional
as we scroll down we've still got the
reviews some links to Instagram and some
FAQs very similar to what it currently
looks like so if I just go and close
this we can see what it currently looks
like and we'll just open up the debut
theme if we go and click over to the
product page you can see it does look
much more clean and professional now
with the GIF and everything else is
pretty much very similar it's just a
kind of different layout a little bit
more optimized obviously the bundle is
available as well now if we just go and
have a look at one of these other ones
so let's just go go and have a look at
this February 1 for example we can click
on this and hit preview again like I say
it's very similar to what it currently
looks like however some things were
slightly different so if we just go over
to the product page you can see for this
product page the images just scroll like
this I don't think this looks as nice as
it currently does so there you can see a
few small changes have been added to the
theme but as I mentioned it is a simple
free theme being used for this store the
dawn theme so now if we go and have a
look at the apps if I just click on apps
you can see a list of all the apps that
are being used on this store not all of
them are currently actually being used
so I'll just go through them one by one
to give you a breakdown of what all of
these apps are I'll firstly start with
these two I am going to cover these in
the next lesson which is going to be the
suppliers that were used for this store
but as you can see these are two
supplier apps drop ship China Pro
fulfillment and we fulfill they're both
suppliers and you can and connect their
Shopify apps to your stores to track
inventory and to automate the
Fulfillment this S easy app is an upsell
app we're not currently using this so I
think if I just click on this it will
probably say that it's not in use as you
can see but we were testing some
different upsells using this sell easy
app if we go back to apps you can see
that we have afterpay so this is
basically a payment Gateway that allows
customers to pay in segments so over
three months over over six months this
isn't currently in use either this is
the bundle app so if we just open up the
front end of the store and if I just go
and click over to the product page
obviously we have the bundle over here
so if we just go over to apps this is
the app that has been used to create
that bundle iconito is an app that just
allow allows you to add icons to your
store so you can see these icons like
this a very simple app that allows you
to add icons to your store Gores is a
live chat app so if you have a look in
the corner of the site we have this live
chat icon so that is being run by this
Gores app we had an affiliate marketing
program so if Affiliates wanted to join
nobody really used it so we're not
really using this app anymore but this
is if you want to create an affiliate
program there are actually better apps
to create an affiliate program now this
was just the one that was tested when we
first started the affiliate program this
email app is the built-in email
marketing app from Shopify so you'll
have this on all of your stores by
default Zoom sticky ad to cart was a
sticky ad to cart button so when
somebody scrolled on the homepage they
would see an add to cart button down the
bottom here I actually got rid of this
because it was making the store look a
little bit weird on the mobile version
of the store it was stretching it out
and making things look a little bit
weird so this isn't in use CJ Drop
Shipping again another supplier you've
probably heard of them so they're really
good just for testing products and
things like that and obviously you can
connect their app to your store so you
can automate fulfillment and track
inventory and things like that fast
checkout upsell cart was another upsell
app that we tried to implement some
upsells but like I say we transitioned
from upsells to the bundle so all of the
upsell apps I could actually just get
rid of on this store right now review is
the app that we use to implement the
reviews so if you scroll down the bottom
here you can see all of these reviews on
the homepage so that's the app that
allows you to import reviews to your
store or add reviews to your product
pages so that's the review app GE
location is an app that allows customers
to see their local currency basically so
if somebody comes over from the US they
will see the store in US dollars if
somebody come comes over to the store
from Australia they will see it in
Australian dollars somebody comes over
to the store from New Zealand they will
see it in New Zealand dollars so you can
use the geolocation app to show
customers products in their local
currencies gz order tracking page pretty
self-explanatory it's an app that you
can use to create an order tracking page
so if we just come back down to the
botom here and click on track my order
you can see a very clean and
professional order tracking page and
they've got loads of different careers
that are connected to their Shopify app
so depending on the Courier you're using
your customer should be able to go and
track their order directly from your
store using this app and then the final
app is clavio email marketing so again
that's an email marketing app it allows
you to go and set up email marketing
flows things like abandoned carts and
you can also go and create email
marketing promotion ions and things like
that so most of these apps are very
simple nothing outlandish nothing that's
really improving the conversion rate of
the store nothing that's super expensive
some pretty simple apps that most stores
will need and when we get to the
step-by-step lessons I'll be showing you
all of the apps that you need to start
running your store but like I say most
of them will be very similar there'll be
upsell apps bundle apps live chat apps
an app for fulfillment with your
supplier an app for reviews an app for
showing customers their local currency
an order tracking page app and an email
marketing app those are most of the apps
that you will need for your stores and
the other apps are simply for adding
extra functionality so that is it for
this lesson and in the next lesson I
will go over what could have been done
better with this store and where the
store is
today so in this lesson I'm going to be
covering what could have been done
better with this store and where is the
store today so firstly I think this
store could have had a better presence
on social media and built more organic
content to bring in more sales on
autopilot without relying solely on ads
so as you can see on Tik Tok only two
posts and hardly any engagement on these
posts and the same with Instagram 22
posts but hardly any engagement on these
posts this was just to sort of verify
that the brand was real when people were
purchasing they knew that the brand had
a present on Tik Tok on Instagram but
there could have been a lot more ugc
created and organic created with people
actually using the product to bring in
more organic sales also I think relying
on one ad platform is slightly dangerous
because if you do get banned or
restricted at any point you basically
just cut off all of your sales so we
mostly just relied if we scroll down
well not mostly pretty much 100% relied
on Facebook and Instagram ads meta ads
to bring in all of the sales so I I
think exploring Tik Tok ads is another
Avenue that could have worked I think
this product could have worked with Tik
Tok ads because it's a younger audience
the college age audience this product
could have potentially worked with that
audience so that's another thing that I
think could have been really important
to try is to test out a new ad platform
to see if some more sales could have
been bought in now where is the store
actually today so let's just go over to
this year we will just go to 2024 and we
will just go to the present day and you
can basically see we haven't brought in
hardly any sales this year at all and
that's because after Q4 last year I just
stopped running all the ads so you can
see if we have a look at Q4 last year
let's just go to December it was still a
fairly big month
$110,000 and this year it's just gone
down to nothing because we just stopped
running all of the ads because I wanted
to focus on some new projects so I
wanted to focus on creating this course
and this community and creating more
content for the community I am also
setting up another branded store from
scratch so I have been putting a lot of
effort into that branded store so this
store has pretty much been on hold for
the whole of this year so you can see
we've only got nine orders those are all
organic so probably from customers who
heard about their product from their
friends and family am I going to try to
rerun this product again this year in Q4
probably not I think I've taken this
store as far as I can as I've shown you
the revenue did go down quite a bit from
from 2022 to
2023 and to be honest with you I think I
have exhausted all of the creatives and
the audiences for this particular
product I've been running it for 3 years
now we've probably made as many sales as
we can at this point without rebranding
the product and creating lots of new
creatives and trying to find new
audiences I think maybe perhaps the US
market would be something that could be
explored but at this point it might be
slightly saturated with this product and
like I say I'm working on a lot of new
projects on new stores on new brands on
creating content so I don't really think
I may continue with the store but I'll
always have it there and if I do want to
try and rejuvenate it then I can pretty
much at any point I can create some new
creatives create some new custom content
and start looking for some new audiences
this store has a lot of data so it still
does have a lot of potential to use in
the future but like I say for now I have
put it on hold and I am focusing on
other projects I hope you're enjoying
ening the tutorial so far now before we
move on I do just want to mention my
private Drop Shipping Community drop
ship Discovery if you join my private
Community you can work with me
personally and I will help you to scale
your drop shipping stores you'll get
access to me via a private 1onone chat
where you can ask me any question you
have regarding building and scaling your
stores I run weekly Q&A live calls so
you've got support every step of the way
and you also get access to the slack
group with all of my private community
members allowing you to be part of a
group of individuals or working towards
a similar goal of growing their Drop
Shipping business just like I've done
with my student Pedro who has managed to
scale his stores two consistent and
profitable $500 days my name is Pedro
Sierra I've been in e-commerce for about
a year now and like most people starting
out I didn't want to pay for courses or
mentorship because I thought I could
teach myself everything on YouTube I was
able to get some sales but I wasn't
profitable and I couldn't scale anything
to the point I'm doing right now using
Elliot
strategies and this is about a month
since joining Elliott's drop ship
Discovery group almost 18,000 in sales
about 5 or 6,000 profit on this and
expect more going into the fourth
quarter L just doesn't give you advice
and leave he works with you directly to
optimize your store your landing page
connect you with private suppliers to
lower your cost of goods and shipping
you get weekly meetings modules that are
perfect for beginners real Hands-On supp
support and it's not just another
payment it's an investment so anyone
who's serious about this should join his
group because this is possible for
anyone so if you're interested in
working with me oneon-one to scale your
drop shipping stores check out the link
in the description to my private
Community Dropship Discovery and now
let's move on to the next part of the
tutorial for this first lesson in the
product research module I do just want
to cover the store strategy that we will
be using Us in order to build your Drop
Shipping Store so we will be using the
niche store strategy and essentially a
niche store is built around one specific
category of products now the reason that
we will be building a niche store is
because it allows you to test multiple
products at once on your store as
opposed to a one product store where you
can only test one product and if that
product fails then you need to build
your store completely from scratch again
and using that strategy can be quite
time consuming because like I say if the
store fails or the product fails then
you need to build your store from
scratch you need to purchase a new
domain name and you need to go and
completely Rebrand the store for the new
product that you want to test and this
is very timeconsuming and it's not time
effective and cost effective when you
want to test multiple products to find a
winning product and the reason we won't
be building a general store where you
sell products from loads of different
categories think of something like
Amazon
is because customers are becoming more
aware of drop shipping stores and
General Stores don't look very
trustworthy to customers so this is
going to drastically decrease your
conversion rate it means you won't get
as many sales with a general store so a
niche store is the best go between a
general store and a one product store
you can test loads of different products
so you don't have to keep rebuilding
your store you can simply create a new
product page for the products that you
want to test but your store looks way
more professional way more branded and
way more trustworthy so you will be able
to achieve more sales and have a higher
conversion rate on your store so I'll
show you a few examples of some Niche
stores you can see this store here is a
pet Niche store so if we scroll down a
really well built store and they sell
all different types of products in the
pet Niche here's another pet Niche store
again a very similar type of store very
well-branded very professional looking
here is the golf Niche store that
actually mine so this is my Niche store
all centered around the golf Niche I
actually scaled this product here to
$443,000 you can see the case study on
my YouTube channel for this particular
product and as you can see loads of
different products from the golf Niche
which I tested here is another Niche
store in the Home and Gardens Niche so I
don't actually think the design of this
store is that great it doesn't look
amazing but this store is performing
well they have some very well performing
ads for different products in the home
and garden Niche and here's a final one
and again this store is doing really
well as well I've had a look at their
ads on Facebook and they are performing
really well and this is the travel Niche
so you don't have to just stick to
completely normal niches this is a
slightly outside the box Niche so
they're selling all different products
related to travel so travel pillows you
can see eye masks travel bags earplugs
and loads of different products related
to travel and like I say this store is
performing really well so you will be
creating a niche store around one
category of products and then you will
be testing those products on a ad
platform we'll primarily be focusing on
The Meta ads platform so Facebook and
Instagram ads for this course but you've
got loads of different marketing
strategies that you can use so you could
use Tik Tok ads you can use Pinterest
ads Google ads Instagram influencers
organic whatever you want to use but
like I say for this course we will
primarily be focusing on meta ads which
is Facebook
and Instagram and once you find a
product that has potential to be a
winner so it is making some consistent
sales three to four sales every day for
a couple of weeks perhaps a month then
you can start to build your store around
that product and actually scale that
product so this is the niche St store
strategy and here are a list of a few
different niches as examples so you have
pets babies and toddlers homewear Sports
Health and Beauty and within each Niche
you also have sub niches so for example
with pets you could have a dog store a
cat store a store for bird products for
sports you could have a golf store like
I just showed you my golf store here you
could also go and build your store
around soccer yoga bodybuilding any
other sports related category so when
you are picking a niche you don't just
have to pick a broad Niche you could go
for a sub Niche now one word of advice
is when you are picking a niche and we
will look at this in further detail in
the next product search lessons but one
word of advice is to pick a niche that
you have some knowledge or interest of
so for example I've created Niche stores
around golf because I have some
knowledge of golf I've also created a
niche store around geeky gadgets and
games that I showed you in the case
study as well again because this is
something that I have knowledge of and I
have some interest in I've also created
a niche store around shoes as well again
because I have some knowledge and
interest in
and the reason that I say this is
because it's going to be much easier for
you to think about your ideal customer
to come up with marketing angles to
create ad creatives if you have some
level of knowledge and interest in the
niche so for example again I would never
create a niche store around makeup
because I don't know anything about
makeup I don't know what makeup products
are good I don't know any marketing
angles that are related to makeup I
wouldn't be able to create ad creatives
related to makeup products so I would
never create a niche store solely around
the makeup Niche because I don't know
anything about the niche and it's going
to be difficult for me to enter that
market because I literally have no
knowledge of the niche so just bear that
in mind when we are going into the next
lessons and we look at picking niches
you will just want to keep that in mind
pick a niche that you have some
knowledge of and you have some level of
interest in so for the next lesson we
will be looking at the key product
criteria that is essential for every
sing Le product before we actually get
into the nitty-gritty of researching
products for this lesson I'm going to be
covering the key product criteria that
you can use to validate your products
before you decide to test them on your
Niche store so here is the key product
criteria and I will be going over these
in detail so firstly the product must
have a high perceived value the product
must have a while factor or solve a
problem or ideally both the product must
have a minimum $20 profit margin but
ideally higher the product must have
good images and videos that you can use
for ad creatives and on the product page
of your store the product must have a
reliable supplier and the product cannot
be too prevalent on Amazon and just some
extras products that have real benefits
will always sell better and products
don't have to be super cheap so you
don't need to find products that are1 2
$3 you can find products that are
slightly more expensive and still mark
them up with that $20 or higher profit
margin so let's start off with the first
key product criteria the product must
have a high perceived value now
perceived value you could say is a
matter of opinion but I'm going to give
you a few examples to understand what
high perceived value means so if we have
a look at this first ad here I will just
go and play this for you and this is a
fishing product so it acts as bait when
people go fishing now this ad has
performed really well 22k likes 5K
comments 8K shares and if you actually
have a look at the comments it's a lot
of people saying that they will purchase
the product or recommending it to their
friends however this particular product
doesn't really have a high perceived
value so if we go over to the product
page you can see they're only selling it
for $16 and like I say that's because it
doesn't have a high perceived value it
really is just a simple P piece of
rubber with a hook on the end so people
aren't really going to pay a lot of
money for a piece of rubber with a hook
on the end and that's why this store is
not able to sell the product for
probably more than $20 now they're
probably purchasing it in bulk so
they're still able to make a profit on
this product however with Drop Shipping
like I say you will need a $20 profit
margin so because this product doesn't
have a high perceived value because it's
a very simple product it's going to be
hard to justify a higher sale price for
this product now if we have a look at an
ad from the same store for a different
product I'll I'll just go back for this
product now this is a fishing line
spooler now if you have a look the ad
has performed very well as well 18K
likes 9k comments 12K shares again if we
have a look at the comments it's a lot
of people mentioning that they will
purchase the product or they're asking
questions about the product now if we
have a look at this product itself it's
from the same store they're selling it
for a lot higher and that is because
this product has a much higher perceived
value It's a larger product it looks
more luxury it appears more luxury so
when it comes down to high perceived
value put yourself in the customer shoes
and ask yourself would they actually pay
this price for the product does this
product look like it's actually worth
the price so that's the first thing to
keep in mind when it comes to high
perceived value how does the product
actually look does it look luxury think
about the size of the product think
about what it's made from and this will
determine whether the product has a high
perceived value or not now if we
actually have a look at this product you
can get it for just under $119 and
they're selling it for just under $40 so
it has that spoton $20 profit margin now
another thing when it comes to high
perceived value is the actual problem
that is attached to the product so if we
have a look at another product let's go
over to this ad here again this ad has
performed very well 7K likes 4K comments
1K shares and again lots of people
asking questions about the product and
wanting to purchase the product so if we
actually have a look at the ad this is a
product that relieves back pain a very
simple ad of somebody using it when
they're sitting down putting it on in
the morning they're working from home
and they are wear wearing it to relieve
their back pain now if we go over to the
product page you can see that they're
selling this product for $40 now you can
get this exact product here for just
over $7
$75 but the reason that they're able to
sell this product for $40 is because it
has a high perceived value and that's
because of the problem that is attached
to the product the problem that this
product actually solves so high
perceived value can also depend on the
problem that the product solves and that
is because people are literally willing
to pay thousands to solve back pain
people go to chiropractors they go for
acupuncture they spend money on
expensive medication so in the grand
scheme of things spending $40 on a
product that can help you solve your
back pain doesn't seem like that much
compared to like I say other remedies
such as chiropractors such as
physiotherapy acupuncture painkillers
and things like that $40 in the grand
scheme of things seems very cheap so
that's why this product has a high
perceived value because a lot of the
other methods used to solve back pain
are so expensive so you can easily
attach a high perceived value to your
product if it solves a very prevalent
problem so that's the first key product
criteria to keep in mind your product
must have a high perceived value and
that basically comes down to how the
product looks does it look luxury does
it look expensive does it look like it's
worth the price that you're trying to
sell it for and secondly the problem
that it solves now the second product
criteria is the product must have a wow
factor or solve a problem or ideally
both so I'm going to show you an example
of two products one that has a while
factor and one that s soles a problem so
firstly we'll have a look at product
that solves a problem so if we just come
over to this ad here I will just play
this for you and this product B
basically helps you to reduce hair loss
to increase hair growth so this is a
very big problem people that are losing
hair people that want to increase the
thickness of their hair want to have
better quality hair and things like that
so you can see the ad has performed
fairly well 1.6k likes 300 comments 100
shares if we have a look people are
commenting great value for the price
looks good and they're recommending this
product to their friends I'm interested
I want this so if we actually go over to
the product page they're selling this
product for
$35 and this is the perfect example of a
problemsolving product people losing
hair people having poor quality hair
people trying to increase hair growth
and reduce hair loss that's a very
prevalent problem and this product
solves that problem directly so that is
a perfect example of a problem solving
product product and again this just
means that the product has high
perceived value again because it solves
such a prevalent problem now I'll show
you another example of a product that
has a wow factor and you'll find a lot
of these products on Tik Tok so a lot of
the products on Tik Tok are wow factor
products but they can also work on
Facebook as well so if we have a look at
this particular ad 10K likes 19k
comments 23k shares so the comments and
shares are not that high but the likes
are very good very good engagement and
as you can see it's a very simple ad but
this product has that wow factor this is
a very simple product it's just a lamp
but as you can see it has that wow
factor about it when a customer sees
what the product actually does it has
that wow factor so if we actually go
over to the store you can see there
selling this for $40 and this is an
example of a w Factor product and if you
do notice a trend you will see that all
of these stores are Niche stores as well
so as you can see this is a store
selling all different types of lamps and
gifts and if we go over to the store I
showed you before with this back pain
product as you can see they're selling
all different products related to
solving pain problems so these are all
Niche stores so as I mentioned products
need to either have a w factor or solve
a problem ideally they'll have both the
next key product criteria is that the
product must have a minimum $20 profit
margin but ideally it would have a
higher profit margin than that so when
you are researching products and looking
for supply buyers make sure that the
product has a minimum $20 profit margin
and the reason that a product needs to
have a minimum $20 profit margin is
because ad platforms like meta like Tik
Tok like Pinterest they are getting
slightly more expensive so you'll need
at least $20 to be able to acquire a
customer and still make a profit with
your products so again if we go back to
the fishing spooler we can have a look
that they are selling this product for
$39 and you can get it here for $19 so
that's that exact $20 profit margin you
can always boost your profit margins
using shipping so you could sell this
product with $299 shipping and that way
you can make a $23 profit margin so
don't be scared to charge your customers
a small amount of shipping $199 or $2.99
to boost up your profit margins
customers generally tend to be okay with
paying a small amount of shipping from
my experience it doesn't tend to affect
the conversion rate at all when you
charge customers a small amount for
shipping like I say $1.99 $2.99
sometimes even $3.99 depending on the
product again if we have a look at this
back paying product they are selling
this for $40 and here you can find it
for just over
$75 so you definitely have a $20 profit
margin for this particular product
however if we have a look at this
product here the competitor is selling
it for
$35 but I could only find it for $40 $1
on AliExpress on CJ Drop Shipping I
found a very similar product so you can
see it here it is a very similar product
but it is $32 here so you're never going
to be able to get a big enough profit
margin to be able to sell this product
and make a profit now you don't actually
have to look for suppliers on AliExpress
on CJ Drop Shipping I generally tend to
just look on AliExpress to give me an
idea of if I can Source the product it
doesn't mean you have to use Alex
Express as your supplier I just use
AliExpress so I can quickly go and have
a look for the products and get a rough
idea of how much this product is going
to cost to Source but I'll be giving you
a complete list of suppliers that you
can use to Source Products so don't
worry you don't have to use AliExpress I
like to just use AliExpress so I can get
a quick rough idea of how much the
product is going to cost me and if I can
find it with a $20 profit margin you can
of course go and make sourcing requests
on other supplier platforms to see if
you can Source the product for cheaper
so I'll be giving you a list of
suppliers and showing you how you can
Source Products so you can use other
suppliers for your stores but like I say
if you want to just quickly see if you
can make that $20 profit margin I
generally tend to look on AliExpress or
CJ Drop Shipping now like I say I wasn't
able to find a supplier for this product
that would allow me to sell it as cheap
as this store is selling it here they've
probably purchased it in bulk from
somewhere like Alibaba and that's how
they're able to sell the product for
such a cheap price but as I mentioned as
part of the key product criteria you
will always want to make sure that your
product has a minimum $20 profit margin
if not more next up the product must
have good images and videos so when it
comes to images it's pretty easy to find
product images you can simply just type
in the product name into AliExpress and
have a look at all of the different
suppliers and you'll be able to find
some good images and you can go and edit
those images I'll be showing you how to
do that in the step-by-step lessons so
that they match The Branding of the rest
of your store so images are fairly easy
to Source Now videos are slightly more
difficult when it comes to sourcing
videos you can use a few different
methods so firstly you can have a look
on YouTube so I've just typed in
AliExpress fishing spooler and I have
found this video here so if we just go
and play this video you can see it's a
very similar product of somebody using
and reviewing the product you can also
just go over to Tik Tok and you can type
in the name of the product in Tik Tok as
well and you should be able to find some
videos related to the products that you
want to sell so again if we go and have
a look at the red light therapy hat I
just typed in red light therapy hat and
as you can see there's a really good
video here of somebody reviewing a very
similar product and I've just done the
same with Tik Tok I've just typed in red
light therapy cap and as you can see
there are some really good videos on Tik
Tok as as well that can be used for ad
creatives so you want to make sure that
there are enough videos so that you can
chop those up and use them for ad
creatives and I'll be showing you how
you can go and create ad creatives
yourself as well by ordering in the
product so you can go and check out that
lesson in the ads module to see how I
make ad creatives to give you an idea of
the type of footage that you're looking
for but essentially you are just looking
for some footage of the product that you
can use for ad creatives and you want
enough footage to use for ad creative so
you can see for this particular product
there's loads of different footage that
can be used as you can see there's this
video ad here there's this video ad here
there's quite a few different video ads
on Tik Tok that can be cut together in
order to create video ad creatives and
there's also quite a few on YouTube as
well that can be used so that's how you
can go and have a look if there are
enough videos that you can use for video
ad creatives you can also use the meta
ads Library so just come over to the
meta ads Library type in your product
name and again you can go and have a
look at any video ads that have been run
for that particular product so as you
can see there is a video ad here that I
could potentially cut up and use for the
product and if we scroll down there are
a couple of other video ads that can be
used for that particular product and
same with the red light therapy hat I've
just typed in red light therapy hat and
as you can see there are loads of ad
creatives that can be used and cut up to
create more ad creatives for your own
store and like I say you can always just
go and order the product yourself and
create ad creatives if you want to so
that's another option and I Do cover
that in the ad creative lessons so you
can go and check that out to give you an
idea of how I create ad creatives if I
can't find enough footage now last but
not least you can always contact ad
creative platforms like viral Ecom ads
so if we just scroll down to the footer
you can always just go and contact them
you can send them the link for the
product that you're looking to sell and
you can just ask them if they're able to
create ad creatives for that product
before you purchase the package so that
way you know you can Source some ad
creatives for any particular product
that you're looking to sell and you can
also go and do the same with bands of
ads as well so you can go and contact
these companies that offer these ad
creative services and see if they can
actually Source ad creatives for you
before you purchase the packages of
course if they tell you that they
couldn't find any footage for that
particular product then you know that
that product doesn't meet the key
product criteria because there isn't
enough video footage for you to be able
to create ad creatives in order to run
ads to that particular product now the
final key product criteria that I want
to cover is of course that the product
must have a reliable supplier so again
if we have a look at this particular
product as you can see you can get it
here and this supplier is very reliable
over 1,000 sold 4.8 star reviews but
this supplier here sells it for cheaper
but as you can see they're not very
reliable they've only sold 20 of the
product the reviews are only four stars
so ideally you want to look for
suppliers that have a 4.7 4.8 4.9 star
reviews and have at least 100 sold of
the product at a bare minimum so those
are the types of suppliers that you're
looking for if you find a supplier like
this with not many sold of the product
very poor star reviews I wouldn't
recommend to go and use that supplier
and for some products these are the only
types of suppliers that you can find so
that is why I have put must have a
reliable supplier as part of the key
product criteria because sometimes you
will search for a product you won't be
able to find a reliable supplier but you
can still find a supplier for the
product but if the supplier looks a
little bit sketchy then I would
recommend to not test that product now
as I mentioned I will be giving you a
list of suppliers where you can and post
sourcing requests for products so
generally you should be able to find a
reliable supplier for any given product
and finally the product can't be too
prevalent on Amazon so if we go and have
a look at the fishing spoolers there are
a few different fishing spoolers on
Amazon but none of them are super cheap
they're all reasonably priced in the 20
to $30 price range so it's not too
prevalent on Amazon and the great thing
about Niche stores is that people that
are passionate about this Niche they
they'll purchase from your Niche store
because they're actually passionate
about the niche so they're more likely
to make an Impulse buy from a store that
is related to a niche that they're
passionate about then just purchase a
product from Amazon and again if we have
a look at the red light therapy cap you
can see that the ones on here are all
very expensive so if I was able to
Source this particular product for
slightly cheaper if I was having a look
on other supplier platforms and
requesting quotes and I was able to
Source the product so I was able to sell
it for around $40 with a $20 profit
margin then that makes your store
significantly cheaper than Amazon but
also if your store is branded because
it's a niche store it's going to look
like your store is the authority in that
Niche and a customer is more likely to
purchase from your store rather than
Amazon so like I say with this
particular product the red light therapy
cap the product isn't really prevalent
on Amazon because all of the different
products are very expensive and they
will look very different from the
original product here so as you can see
if we actually just go and click over to
one of the other product images this is
very different from all of the other red
light therapy caps on Amazon so I would
say this product is not very prevalent
on Amazon so that's a really good sign
the only key product criteria that the
red light therapy cap doesn't meet is
the minimum $20 profit margin but it
does meet all of the other key product
criteria so when we move on to the next
lesson and I show you how to actually
start researching products just keep
this key product criteria in mind
because your product will need to meet
all of these key product criteria in
order to be validated and ready to test
and the last thing to mention that I did
already mention is that products with
real benefits are easier to sell so try
to look for products that do actually
have real benefits and your products
don't have to be super cheap as I've
shown you here with this product it's
almost $20 but you can still make a $20
profit margin so you don't need to sell
products that are3 4 $5 you can sell
products that are slightly more
expensive as long as you're able to mark
them up and they meet all of the key
product criteria so now we've had a look
at the key product criteria in the next
lesson I want to show you how to
actually start researching products so
now that we have covered niches and the
key product criteria I can show you the
best methods that you can use to
actually find winning products so the
first method that you can use is to
search The Meta ads Library so just head
over to Google and type in The Meta ads
library and basically this will show you
all of the current ads that are being
run by different businesses and Shopify
stores so what you can do is you can
come over to search ads and you can go
and choose a country I recommend to
start by searching the United States
because this is where you're going to
see the most dropshipping products so
you can just come over here and you can
just go and type in the United States
and just choose the United United States
for ad category you can just go and
choose all ads and then you can search
for keywords related to your Niche and
you can also search for keywords related
to drop shippers so you can search for
things like 50% off buy one get one free
and things like that or you can just
search for a keyword related to the
niche of products that you're looking to
sell so let's just say for example you
wanted to get into the dog Niche you can
just come in here just go and type in
dog like this and then just go and
choose search this exact phrase and then
you are going to see all of the ads that
are being run on Facebook and Instagram
that are related to the dog Niche now
you can go and narrow these ads down
further to actually find winning
products so you can come over to filters
and firstly you are going to go to
active ads and this basically just means
that the ads are currently running and
you want to see ads that are currently
running because this means that the
advertisers are spending money on those
ads and they wouldn't be spending money
on those ads if they weren't making
sales and they weren't profitable so
that's the first thing you go you're
going to do secondly you are going to go
to the impression date and I recommend
to set it back two or 3 weeks at a
minimum so you're going to come in here
and let's just say if we go back 3 weeks
we can come back to this date for
example and then we can hit apply so
that basically just means that the ads
have been running for at least 3 weeks
and they're still currently active and
again that means that the advertis ERS
are then spending money on those ads
they have been spending money on those
ads for over 3 weeks which means that
they're more than likely bringing in
sales if the ads are still running after
3 weeks if you are seeing ads that have
only been run for one day you can't
really tell whether Those ads have been
performing well or not but if they've
been running for a good 3 weeks and
they're still currently active then it
is fair to assume that they are probably
bringing in some consistent sales so
then you can just start scrolling
through all of the ads that are
currently active on The Meta ads Library
so I have been doing this in another Tab
and I have come across this ad here so I
will just go and play this for
you so as you can see this is a
dropshipping product so you can start
scrolling through these and just start
playing some of the ads and this will
help you generate ideas for winning
products so once you see a product that
catches your eye like this you are then
just going to validate it against the
key product criteria so if you just go
and click on the call to action button
in this instance it says order now you
will come over to the website and as you
can see this is a Shopify Drop Shipping
Store it is a niche store so they're
using the exact same strategy of
building a niche store a store around
one particular niche of products so you
can see that they're selling all
different types of pet products on this
Shopify Drop Shipping Store and now we
can start validating this product
against the key product criteria so
firstly does it have a high perceived
value well it is a fairly large product
as you can see and it is a kind of wow
factor product so it is this fluffy toy
for dogs and it does make noises so as
you can see it says sound proven to keep
dogs interested forever so it does kind
of have a wow factor which means it does
have a high pered value and like I say
it is a fairly large product so that
also adds to the proed value of the
product secondly it does also solve a
problem so you can see here it fights
boredom if you have lonely dogs and
you're leaving your dogs at home alone
on their own it will help to keep them
occupied so that's the problem that it
solves and it also does have a while
Factor like I mentioned if we scroll
down we can go and see some of the other
benefits but the main key marketing
angle for this product is that it helps
to keep your dog occupied and helps to
manage your dog's stress and boredom and
things like that so it does match the
first key product criteria of having a
high perceived value and solving a
problem and also kind of a while Factor
product so next up you're going to
validate if you can get a $20 profit
margin on this product so here it is on
AliExpress for £634 that's around $9
they are selling it for £49 that's
around $63 so this has at least a $50
profit margin you could probably sell it
for slightly less than that so if you're
getting it for $9 say you could go and
sell it for $40 and still make a $31
profit margin
so once you have validated that you've
got the $20 profit margin last but not
least you can have a look if the product
is too prevalent on Amazon so I have
just gone over to amazon.com I've typed
in caling toy for dogs and as you can
see the product isn't even on Amazon so
that's really great that means you don't
even need to compete with Amazon and as
you can see there are some similar
products on here this one's around $40
this one's around $70 so a similar price
point so people are actually willing to
pay this price point for the product
even on Amazon so that is the first
method that you can use to start
researching products just head over to
the meta ads Library type in some
related keywords to your Niche or other
related keywords that drop shippers tend
to use like 50% off buy one get one free
and things like that and simply just
start scrolling through the ads it's not
going to be an easy or quick process so
you might be scrolling through these ads
for 1 hour 2 hours coming up with ideas
and then validating those products
against the key product criter IIA so
don't think this is going to be a super
quick and easy process but this is one
of the best methods that you can use to
start coming up with winning product
ideas the second method that you are
going to do use is just going to head
over to Tik Tok and all you're going to
do is type in Tik Tok made me buy it and
then you will start seeing loads of
videos of people purchasing these cool
types of products and creating videos
for these different types of products so
all you're then going to do is you're
just going to click on each of these
videos
and you are just going to like those
videos so just like as many of these
videos as you can go and save them go
and share them and then once you
actually do that when you come over to
your for you page as you scroll through
your for you page you will see loads of
these different types of videos
advertising dropshipping products then
you can start having a look at some of
these products to come up with winning
product ideas so as we can see here this
is definitely a winning product it's got
really good engagement so Tik Tok Works
slightly different if you can see that
the engagement is really good a really
good amount of likes comments shares
saves and all of those types of things
then you can assume that the product has
good demand and it has potential to be a
winning product so then you can come
over to the account for these videos so
as you can see here this account has
loads of videos for this particular
product and they we're getting pretty
decent amount of views and engagement
and then most of the time you will see
the shop Link in the actual bio so you
then can click onto the shop and you can
go and have a look at the store so as
you can see they are selling this
portable air conditioner fan and once
again we can now go and validate this
product against the key product criteria
so firstly does it have a high perceived
value definitely it does because it
looks quite luxury it looks quite
expensive so it looks like it's worth
the price that it is being sold for
secondly does it solve a problem or have
a wow factor well for this particular
product it is actually both it solve a
solves a problem in the fact that it
helps to keep you cool in summer and it
also has a wow factor just by the way
actually blows the smoke out and if we
actually have a look at the videos that
they are creating they creating some
really cool videos that capture people's
attention you can see that they're
putting colog in it to make it smell
nice and things like that so they're
adding a while factor to this particular
product next up you'll want to have a
look if you can get that $20 profit
margin so you can see they're selling
for £32 we can get the product here for
£317 it's going to cost probably a
little bit more with shipping so you can
definitely get that $20 profit margin
with this product as you can see they've
got about a 29 profit margin which is
probably around $32 $33 at this point so
the last thing to do is just to have a
look if the product is too prevalent on
Amazon so if we just go over to
amazon.com I have just typed in icean
you can see that there is a similar
product here for a similar price point
around $30 but there isn't that many of
the same product on Amazon so it won't
really be a big problem to compete with
Amazon for this particular product and
that's basically all you need to do you
can use both of those methods to go and
come up with winning product ideas of
course with Tik Tok you can also go and
type in related keywords to your niche
as well so you can go for Tik Tok made
me buy it and type in a related keyword
to your Niche but you can of course just
go and start looking at different
products and adding them to different
Niche categories so if you're finding
dog products you can go and add them to
an Excel sheet if you're finding
homeware products like this you can go
and add them to a hare spreadsheet until
you have at least five products that you
could potentially test for your store so
like I say just repeat this process
using the meta ads library and also
using Tik Tok validate the products
against the key product criteria make
sure that there isn't too much
competition on Amazon and other stores
and then once you've come up with about
five product ideas then you pretty much
are ready to start building your store
and testing those products and then you
can continue to research products whilst
you have actually started testing some
products now there is one last method
that I do want to show you when it comes
to researching products and this is a
paid method and this method involves
using a tool called autods because
autods has quite a few different product
research tools that you can use to
generate product ideas and since later
on in the tutorial we will be using
autods to import products to our Shopify
store and also to automate the
Fulfillment process you may as well use
their tools as well for the product
research process so I will leave a link
in the description to autod DS and you
can try out for 30 days for just $1 and
it is super affordable after that it
starts from just $20 per month and like
I say for this you can also import
products which I'll show you how to do
later on in the tutorial and you'll also
be able to automate the Fulfillment
process using autods but for now like I
say if you use the link in the
description you can sign up for just $1
and get 30 days to use the tools in
order to conduct product research so
once you sign in to autod DS you will
see that there are a few different
product research tools down the left
hand side here firstly we have
handpicked products we have the ad spy
tool and we have trending products so
I'm going to go through all of these and
show you how you can use them so for
handpick products you can essentially
choose the country that you want to sell
to so if you're selling to the United
States United Kingdom whichever country
you can choose your currency you can
also go and find products from
particular ad platforms like Facebook or
Tik Tok you can go for your profit range
so if you want 20 to $30 profit $3 to
$50 profit I personally prefer to leave
most of these filters open so I can find
a wider selection of products you can
also filter by creation date of the ads
item cost range and things like that you
can then go and narrow the these
products down by category so if you've
already chosen your Niche you can then
go and narrow these products down so
let's say for example you chose the pet
Niche you can just click on pets and
then you can simply start scrolling
through these products and validate them
against the key product criteria so
you're looking if the product has a high
perceived value if it has at least a $20
profit margin if it is a problem solver
or has a wow factor and checking if the
product is too prevalent on Amazon so
you're simply going to to scroll through
these of course not all of the products
are going to meet this key product
criteria so if we have a look at this
product here for example this doesn't
really have a high perceived value
because it's just a small cheap piece of
plastic so you're not really going to be
able to sell this for you know $3 or $40
it doesn't really solve a problem I
don't see a lot of people really using
this type of product but like I say you
can use this tool to scroll through and
generate more ideas so for example if we
have a look at this pet product here I
believe this meets all of the key
product criteria this is a pet tracking
device so you can put this on your cat
or your dog and make sure that your pet
doesn't get lost or stolen so when you
actually click on one of the products
from hand pit products the ad spy or
trending products autods will give you a
breakdown of all of the information so
you can see the potential profit of of
this particular product so if you just
scroll down you will see the competitor
stores and you can see how much the
competitor stores are selling the
product for so you can see they're
selling it for $25 as I mentioned I
believe this product has a fairly decent
perceived value so I think you could
easily sell it between $25 to $30 so it
has a high perceived value it also has
good profit margins because you can get
it for around $230 and you can see $2
for shipping so it cost you around $5
and you can it sell it for around $25 to
$30 so you've got that 20 to $25 profit
margin you can also see some scores here
from autods so you'll see the engagement
score on the actual ads for this product
so you can see it's got mild engagement
and the saturation score as well so the
saturation score isn't too bad so like I
said I think this product meets all of
the key product criteria it solves a big
problem in that people won't lose track
of their dogs of their cats and things
like that it has a fairly decent
perceived value it has a decent profit
margin and if we head over to Amazon and
we just type in pet GPS tracker you can
see that most of the pet GPS trackers on
here are a lot more expensive or a
similar sort of price so you don't
really need to compete with Amazon even
though there are a lot on Amazon you can
sell it for slightly cheaper than Amazon
and if you brand your store in the right
way you don't really need to compete
with Amazon for this particular product
so as I mentioned you can have a look on
autods to find these types of products
so if we go over to the ad spy tool you
can do the same so you can filter by
Facebook Instagram or Tik Tok you can
filter by engagement so if we come to
likes we can find ads with 1,000 to
10,000 likes linked products called to
action buttons so you've got multiple
different filters that you can filter
through and again you can start
searching through these products and
just validating them against the key
product criteria like I just showed you
so you can find some cool products in
this ad spy tool as well and then
finally we have trending products as
well so autods uses data to actually
find products that are up and coming and
doing well again you can filter these by
likes interaction rate Impressions all
of these types of things and then you
can filter them out by category so that
they match your Niche and then once
again like I say all you're doing is
validating them against that key product
criteria so as I say not every product
will meet that key product criteria some
of them will some of them won't you're
really looking for those gems that meet
all of those key product criteria and
you don't have to sell these exact
products these are just helping you to
generate product ideas and see what
types of products are working it doesn't
mean you have to sell those exact
products so for example these shoes here
you could find a similar pair of sport
shoes to sell on your store create your
own marketing angle around them so that
where you've generated a product idea
but you don't have to sell the exact
same product that you've seen on a
product research tool so like I said I
think it's cool just to go and have a
look at this if you're struggling to
generate product ideas since we will be
using autods later on in the tutorial to
import products and automate the
Fulfillment process you can also use it
to go and research products as well I
hope you're enjoying the tutorial so far
now before we move on I do just want to
mention my private Drop Shipping
Community drop ship Discovery if you
join my private Community you can work
with me personally and I will help you
to scale your drop shipping stores
you'll get access to me via a private
one1 chat where you can ask me any
question you have regarding building and
scaling your stores I run weekly Q&A
live calls so you've got support every
step of the way and you also get access
to the slack group with all of my
private community members allowing you
to be part of a group of individuals all
working towards a similar goal of
growing their dropshipping business just
like I done with my student Pedro who
has managed to scale his stores two
consistent and profitable $500 days my
name is Pedro Sierra I've been in
e-commerce for about a year now and like
most people starting out I didn't want
to pay for courses or mentorship because
I thought I could teach myself
everything on YouTube I was able to get
some sales but I wasn't profitable and I
couldn't scale anything to the point I'm
doing right now using Elliot
strategies and this is about a month
since joining Elliott's drop ship
Discovery group almost 18,000 in sales
about 5 or 6,000 profit on this and
expect more going into the fourth
quarter L just doesn't give you advice
and leave he works with you directly to
optimize your store your landing page
connect you with private suppliers to
lower your cost of goods and shipping
you get weekly meetings modules that are
perfect for beginners real Hands-On
support and it's not just another
payment it's an investment so anyone
who's serious about this should join his
group because this is possible for
anyone so if you're interested in
working with me oneon-one to scale your
drop shipping stores check out the link
in the description to my private
Community drop ship Discovery and now
let's move on to the next part of the
tutorial before you start building your
store you will have to come up with a
name for your store so in order to do
this you can use a website called
nam.com it's super easy to use and it
will generate some names for you so you
can just enter in some keywords related
to the niche of your store so for
example if you are selling sports
equipment you can just say Shopify store
selling sports equipment and then click
on generate you can then select a name
style I'm just going to go for auto and
click next you can select the randomness
or just go for low and click on next and
then you can enter in another
description if you want to I recommend
to turn on check domains so this way
namel will show you which domains are
available and then you can click on
generate you can then simply scroll
through the names and any names with a
green tick next to them will be names
where the domain name is available so as
you can see there are some pretty cool
ones here already sport xmart super
equip so simply just scroll through
until you find a name for your Niche
store that you like and then you can go
and purchase that domain name later on
down the line when I show you how to
purchase a domain name so in the next
lesson we will go and sign up for shop
once you have chosen a name for your
store the next step is to sign up for
Shopify so if you use the link in the
lesson notes you will be brought over to
this page and Shopify are currently
running a promotion where you get a free
3-day trial and then you can sign up for
just1 $1 or1 for your first month so all
you need to do here is enter in your
email address and then click on start
free trial you will then be asked a few
questions by Shopify so we can choose
I'm just starting and click on next you
can choose online store and click on
next you can choose Drop Shipping
products and click on next and then you
can choose the country where your
business will be located so just choose
the country that you live in and click
on next it will then say building your
store so just give this a few moments
and then you will be brought over to
your Shopify dashboard so let me give
you a brief overview of your Shopify
dashboard firstly you will have home
this is where you'll see tasks and
updates for for your Shopify store next
up you have orders so of course this is
where you will see all of the orders
once somebody purchases from your store
you have products so every time you
import a product from your supplier it
will be listed under your product
section you have customers so every time
a customer purchases from your store all
of their information such as their email
address and address will be stored under
this tab you have content so every time
you upload an image or a video to your
store it will be stored in the content
section you have analytics so this is
where you can see things like your daily
revenue your daily sales your average
order value and things like this so we
will dive into the analytics of course
later on you have marketing so this is
where you can set up things like
abandoned cart emails you have discounts
so this is pretty self-explanatory this
is where you can set up discounts you
have online store so if we click on
online store you will see further tabs
underneath the online store tab so you
have themes so a theme is is basically a
pre-made layout that you can upload to
your Shopify store to help you build
your Shopify store you have blog posts
so you can create a blog post and this
will be stored under the blog posts tab
you have pages so every time you create
a page like a contact us page or an
order tracking page this will be under
the pages tab you have navigation so you
can create footer menus and header menus
within the navigation section and you
have preferences so this is where you
can do things like remove the password
from your store you will also see point
of sale and Shop we don't actually need
these so don't worry about these for now
and then you will see apps so an app
basically allows you to add extra
functionality to your store for example
adding an order tracking functionality
so we will be using apps quite a lot
throughout this tutorial and finally you
have the settings so this is where you
can do things like setting up your taxes
and your shipping and of course we will
be going through all of that throughout
the lessons in this course so now that I
have given you an overview of the
Shopify dashboard the next thing that we
will do is choose a Shopify plan in
order to choose a Shopify plan you can
go to where it says your trial just
started and you can click on select a
plan you can start off with the basic
plan like I say at the moment it will
be1 $1 or €1 for your first month so you
can click on select basic from here you
can choose your payment method so you
can choose debit or credit card or
PayPal and then you can simply click on
subscribe once you have chosen your plan
you will be brought back to your Shopify
dashboard and in the next lesson we will
install a theme so the theme that we
will be using in order to build your
Drop Shipping Store is called the shrine
theme so I will leave a link in the
lesson notes to the shrine theme and as
I mentioned before I wouldn't promote
any products or software tools that I
didn't think you needed but this theme
is really amazing
and all of the stores that are
performing really well in 2024 and
Beyond are using this theme because it
has some amazing features and it is
relatively affordable you can get
started with the light version of the
shrine theme for just
$49 and like I say this theme is going
to help increase your conversion rate
help you get more sales so it will
basically pay for itself in the long
term now I'm going to go for the
$149 version of the theme but like I say
you can get started with the light
version if you are on a budget now if we
just go over to the features you can see
that it has some really great features
urgency text quantity brakes sticky add
to cart I recommend for you to go over
to the demos so you can go and check the
demo stores out for yourself so if we
come over to the demos you can see the
shrine light demo the shrine theme demo
and the shrine Pro demo I'm going to go
for the shrine theme but you can have a
look at the shrine light if you are on a
budget like I say so if we just come
over to the shrine light this is what
the product page looks like you can see
it looks really good and this is just
the $49 version of the theme and as I
mentioned this is going to really help
increase your conversion rate creating
amazing product pages like this and if
we actually have a look at the product
page on the mobile version of the theme
you can see that it looks really good on
the mobile version of the theme as well
but as I mentioned I will be using the
$149 version of the theme so this is the
demo store of that theme as you can see
you get bundle deals which will help to
increase your average order value and
help you bring in more revenue and more
profits on your store you can see that
it has shipping estimators the sticky
add to cart it also has this moving bar
here which just makes your stores look a
little bit more interactive it does have
these percent bars it also has the
comparison tables so there are lots of
features that this theme has that will
make your store stand out from other
drop shipping stores and just make it
look really professional and really
well-branded as you can see with the
demo store here so what we are going to
do is we are just going to come over to
the shrine theme and we are going to
click on add to cart you can add any
discount codes that are available at the
time I'm just going to turn off the
lifetime support We'll add in that
discount code again and click on ADD and
then you will be brought over to the
checkout for the shrine theme you can
enter in your payment details and click
on complete purchase once you have
completed your purchase you will be sent
an email from the shrine theme prompting
you to create an account with the shrine
theme so you can click on the link in
that email and you will be brought over
to this page and you are going to click
on don't have an account click here you
can then create an account by entering
in your email and choosing a password
and then click on sign up in the same
email from the shrine theme you will
also receive your license key so you can
simply paste in your license key key in
here and click on ADD you will then be
prompted to whitelist your Shopify URLs
so you can head back to your Shopify
store you are going to go to settings
the first thing that you can do is
change your store name so click on this
pencil icon and where it says my store
you can just enter in the name of your
store and click on Save once you have
saved that you are going to come over to
domains and you can click on change to a
new Shopify domain from here you can
just enter in your store's name if it
isn't available you can just enter in
your store's name followed by store and
click on ADD domain you can then
purchase the domain name for your store
as well so we are going to click on buy
new domain you can simply enter in the
name of your domain and you can click on
buy domain and then simply complete the
purchase of that domain and that domain
will then be connected to your Shopify
store now I already have a domain so I'm
just just going to click on connect
existing domain so if you have purchased
your domain from another register you
can simply enter in the domain name and
click on next it will then recognize the
domain register that you have purchased
from so as you can see I have purchased
this domain from ionus so I can click on
connect automatically and then you can
log to your domain registers account and
click on connect and then you can click
on close so now we have our domain names
that we want to white list with the
shrine theme so we are going to click on
this first domain name and I am just
going to copy the domain name head back
to the shrine theme and paste this in
here and then we have our optional
secondary URL so don't worry too much
about this and then we have the
myshopify.com URL so we can just come
back to Shopify and we are going to copy
the original myshopify.com URL that our
store was created with so it will
probably be a combination of random
numbers and letters so you can click on
this and we are just going to copy this
and we are going to paste this in here
now the last thing we need to do is add
https to this so we can just come into
our URL we are going to copy
https SL and the same with this one here
and then you can click on submit once
you click on submit you will see a token
has been generated so we can copy this
token to the clipboard and then we can
can download the shrine theme so click
on download Once the download has
finished we can head back to Shopify we
can close this now and now we are going
to go to online store and under themes
you are going to see add theme so click
on this and click on upload zip file
click on ADD file and then navigate to
The Shrine theme that you just
downloaded and click on open and then
click on upload file it will then say
installing theme so just give this a few
moments and once the theme has finished
installing just click on publish and
then click on publish again from here
you can click on customize from here you
are going to click on theme settings
click on authentication and then you are
going to paste in that authentication
token that you just copied so just paste
this in and then simply click on Save
once you have pasted in that token and
clicked on save your Shrine theme is now
ready to start using on on your Shopify
store so now we can go back to our
Shopify dashboard so now you have your
theme installed in the next lesson we'll
look at picking colors fonts and
creating a logo for your store in this
lesson we'll look at choosing colors
fonts and creating a logo for your store
now in terms of choosing the colors it's
fairly simple you want to use a black a
white and a gray and then you can use
one or two other accent colors I
recommend recommend just to go for one
accent color to keep things simple but
you can choose two if you want to just
make sure that the accent colors do
complement each other so don't use
anything too outlandish so I like to use
this website here called coolers.com
I'm going to be using these two blue
colors what you can do with cooler. Co
is you can simply lock these colors in
and then you can hit the space bar to go
and generate new accent colors for your
store but I recommend to just go and
have a look at your competitor stores
and see what accent colors they using
and you can do the same so for example
if we have a look at this store here you
can see that they're using this blue
accent color so again they have a
combination of black white and gray and
they have this blue accent color and
they're also us using this secondary
orange accent color so those are their
two accent colors if we go and have a
look at the actual Shrine theme demo
store you can see that they're also
using a combination of black white and
gray and their other accent color is
simply this red color so as you can see
black white and gray and then they have
this red accent color for the rest of
the site so this is what most successful
drop shipping stores will be doing in
terms of the color schemes don't use
anything outlandish and make sure to use
an accent color that is related to your
Niche so for example if you're in the
golf Niche you could use green if you're
in the health Niche you could use blue
so just go and use an accent color that
complement the rest of your store and
complement the niche that you're in if
you're in a more feminine Niche you
could use perhaps pinks and purples or
maybe yellows so go and have a look at
your competitor stores to come up with a
color scheme for your store in terms of
choosing a font for your store again you
can just keep it simple I recommend to
just use one font for the entirety of
your store and you can just go and
change the weight of that font so you
can make it bold for the headlines and
you can unbold it for the paragraphs
again if you have a look at this store
here that's exactly what they're doing
they've only got one font throughout the
entirety of their store and again if we
go and have a look at the demo store if
I click on shop now this store also just
uses one font and they are simply just
going and Bolding the headlines so if
you want to go and come up with some
font ideas a few fonts that pretty much
look good on all stores are
monzerat popins and the quicks sand font
so feel free to use any of these fonts
but you can of course choose your own
font if you want to just make sure that
you keep it simple and it is super easy
to read Because customers are going to
be reading your product descriptions so
you want to make sure that your store
looks professional and easy to read now
in terms of creating in a logo you can
go and use canva to create a logo so
canva is essentially an online graphic
editing tool it is completely free so
you can go and create a canva account
and from canva you can simply just type
in logo and hit enter and you will see
loads of different logos that you can
use as a template to create a logo for
your store you can of course narrow this
down by typing in a keyword related to
your Niche so for example if you have a
sports store you can type in sports logo
and click on enter and then you will see
templates of sports logos now if you
come into all filters you can scroll
down on the side here and you can choose
the free templates and then you can
simply hit apply and then you will see
all of the free logo templates that you
can use for your store once you find one
that you like you can simply go and
click on that logo and you can click on
customize this template now you don't
actually want to use this canvas size
for your logo so you are going to go
back to the canva homepage and from here
you are going to click on create a
design and you are going to choose the
size 265 pixels by 90 pixels so just
enter that in here and click on create
new design so I'm just going to click on
this and then you can go back over to
the logo template that you chose and you
can start copying some of the the
graphics from here so we're just going
to click on this we'll hit contrl C to
copy it head back over here and click on
paste and we can just go and bring this
to the side we are going to make this a
little bit smaller and we will just go
and drag it up like this we can head
back over here we can simply go and copy
the text and we can paste the text in
here as well and we are just going to
resize this to make it a little bit
smaller like this and then you can of
course just go and re name this as the
same name of your store so you can just
come in and put the name of your store
in here whatever is sports store we can
simply drag this again like this and we
can go and put it like that you can of
course make it slightly smaller if it
doesn't fit on the canvas so we could
make it like that and we can drag it
like this and we'll just drag this to
the side and we'll do the same with this
we'll just make it slightly smaller
and just drag it like this and then of
course you can go and change the colors
so if we click over here you can go and
choose your accent colors that we chose
earlier the same with the text you can
go and click on the text color and you
can go and change the text color you can
of course change the font as well if you
want to and I recommend to just leave it
with a white background because our head
up for our store is going to be white so
once you have created your logo you can
click on share and then you can click on
download and then you can simply
download this as a PNG then you will
head back to your Shopify dashboard and
from themes under online store you are
going to click on customize and firstly
we will upload our logo so we will click
on the header and you will see it says
edit your logo so click on theme
settings and where it says logo click on
select image click on upload image and
then you can simply upload that logo
that you just downloaded from canva and
click on open and then you can click on
done and then you will see that your
logo has been uploaded you can edit your
logo size so where it says logo width
you can go and edit this and make it
bigger or smaller if you want to and you
can also do the same on the mobile
version of your store so if you click
onto the mobile version of your store
with this button you can also go and
edit the mobile logo width I'm just
going to go and put this back down to
200 I think it looks good like that so
we'll just go and put this back into the
desktop view once you have uploaded your
logo the next thing we are going to do
is go and change the colors of our store
so we are going to close this logo
section and now we will see colors so we
are going to click on colors and we are
going to see that we have these
different colors here so you can go and
change your first accent color so I am
going to change this first accent color
to the accent color that I want to use
on my store I think that looks pretty
good and then I'm going to just go and
change the second accent color as well
so I am just going to click on accent
two and I'm just going to go and choose
the second color that I am going to use
as an accent color on my store so as you
can see that's looking really good so
now we have chosen the colors we will
come back into theme settings we can
close colors we are going to come into
typography and now we are going to
change the typography so I'm going to
leave this as popins bold but I am going
to go and change the body font to popins
as well so we're going to come in here
and I am just going to go and type in
popins we will just go and select this
and I'm just going to go and leave this
as popins regular so now we can click on
select so now if we scroll up you can
see that we have our fonts our colors
and our logos so we can simply click on
Save now that we have saved that we can
head back to our Shopify dashboard and
in the next lesson we will import our
first product to our store so in order
to import a product to your Shopify Drop
Shipping Store we will be using a tool
called autods and the reason we're going
to use autods is because it allows you
to automate the entire process of
importing a product to your store
editing the product titles and
descriptions and also automatically
fulfilling all of your orders so autods
will connect to your supplier and it
will sync all of your customers data
automatically and then if you top up
your autod DSP balance and credits you
can easily go and automate all of the
Fulfillment process so you don't need to
go and fulfill all of your orders
manually one by one and waste loads of
time you can completely automate that
process so you can focus on more
important things like marketing your
Shopify Drop Shipping Store autods also
connects to loads of different suppliers
so no matter which supplier that you're
using you can connect your product to
your Shopify store so as you can see you
can use AliExpress Ali barar CJ Drop
Shipping bangood dhgate and autods also
have their own private suppliers so if
we scroll up here you can see that they
have warehouses so you can also go and
use autod DS's own private suppliers to
go and fulfill your orders and import
products to your store now if we scroll
up you can see that it says 14-day trial
for $1 however if you use the link in
the description you can get a 30-day
trial for $1 using my link in the
description if we have a look at the
price you can see that it's very
affordable just starting at $20 per
month to completely automate the entire
process of importing products and
fulfilling your orders and as you start
to make sales you can upgrade your plan
to get access to some of their other
features like AI editing tools you can
also go and Source Products using their
product agent service you can also go
and add custom branding to your products
and things like that so like I say if
you use the link in the description you
will get a 30-day trial for just $1 so
all you need to do is enter in your
email address enter in your name choose
a password and click on join now now I
already have an autods account so I'm
just going to click on log in once you
are logged into to your autods account
the first thing you are going to do is
connect your Shopify store to your
autods account so on the left hand side
just click on ad store and click on ad
store again choose Shopify store and
click on continue and then choose I have
a Shopify store connect it to autods you
can then just scroll down and click on
continue and then you will be brought
over to your Shopify store so just make
sure you're logged into your Shopify
store and then click on install on the
autods app and then you can just click
on install again once you install the
autods app on your Shopify store you
will be brought back to your autods
dashboard and on the left hand side you
should now see the name of your store
here to verify that it has been
connected to your autod DS account so
now we can import a product to our
Shopify Drop Shipping Store now in order
to import a product we have a few
different options firstly you can use
the autods marketplace so in here you
will see thousands of different products
that you can import to your store in
order to start selling and some of these
have really great shipping times and
they are very reasonably priced so you
can see 10 business days 6 to9 business
days one business day so you can go and
have a look through here to see if the
product that you want to sell when you
were doing product research can be found
within the auto DS Marketplace and then
you can import the product directly from
here however if you can't find the
product that you are looking for you can
also import a product from a third party
supplier like AliExpress so you can
simply head over to AliExpress you can
search for the product that you want to
sell so I've just typed in hydrogen
water bottle you can then go and hit
enter and then you can find the product
that you want to start selling on your
store click on the product we are going
to copy the URL of the product head back
to autods click on add products choose
single product and then you can paste in
that URL where it says supplier Source
you can go and choose your supplier
source so we already have AliExpress
Chosen and then you can click on edit
now once you click on that you will be
brought over to this drafts page so
under products you will see drafts and
these are going to be all of the
products that you can import to your
store so as you can see we have our
first product here and we are going to
edit the this and then we can import the
product to our store so if you click on
this Arrow you will see that we have a
number of different things that we can
edit so we do have the title we have
collections we have tags shipping method
brand monitoring then if we come over to
the description we have the product
description if we come over to variance
you will see the variance of the product
now a variant is just a different
variation of the product so for example
if you have a shoe you could have
different sizes of that shoe and you
could also have different colors so
those are going to be the variants you
can see for this particular product we
only have one variant because it just
comes in light gray and that's it then
we have the product images so we can go
and edit our product images and upload
our own product images and finally we
have the item specifications so let's go
back to product now it's really
important that we edit all of this
information for example the product
title the product images the variant
names and things like that it's really
important that we edit this within
autods because what we edit here is
what's going to show on our Shopify
stores front end when a customer sees
the product so we will be editing all of
the information within autods and then
we can import this product to Shopify so
that it is pushed to our Shopify store
so the first thing we are going to do is
edit our product title so we can have a
look at what our competitor has called
the product so they've just called it
hydrogen water bottle so we can simply
copy this you can head over to chat gbt
and we can prompt chat gbt to come up
with a slightly more interesting name so
make sure that you have a chat GPT
account and you can simply prompt it to
say come up with a core Shopify product
title for and entering your product so
now we're just going to hit enter and
then it will come up with a product
title you don't need to make it branded
necessarily so I'm just going to say
don't make it branded and as you can see
it has come up with another name so I'm
just going to copy this as my product
title hydrogen infused water bottle for
optimal hydration so we can just come
back to autods come down to where it
says title you are going to paste your
product title in and click on Save once
you have saved your product title we
will work on the description in the next
couple of lessons but for the next
lesson I want to show you how you can go
and edit your product images so that
they match The Branding of the rest of
your store and then we can go and upload
those images to our product within
autods in order to get images for your
product you can simply just head over to
AliExpress and type in the product name
and you can just start opening some of
the listings of the product providing
that they're a very similar product so
as you can see this one here this one
here this one here they're all basically
the same product so you can simply start
opening up some of these listings and
you can start to find some good product
images now in order to save a product
image all you need to do is right click
hit inspect and when you inspect the
element you will see the image link here
you can double click the image link you
can open a new tab paste the image Link
in and then you can simply right click
and click on save image and then all you
need to do is save that image so as you
can see I've got a good collection of
images here of the product so I'm just
going to hit cancel next you are going
to head over to C canva and you are
going to click on create a design with a
custom size so choose custom size and
choose 1080 pixels by 1080 pixels and
once you have done that what you are
going to do is you are going to get all
of your product images in a row so you
will start off with a canvas 1080 pixels
by 1080 pixels you can simply click on
ADD page so you will see it like this
then you can come into your image and
you can simply just drag it onto the
canvas and you can simp L resize it so
that it is the same size as the canvas
so like I say make sure that you have
all of your product images in a row like
this only the ones that need editing so
what we are going to do is we are going
to edit all of these images so that they
match The Branding of the rest of our
store so if we look at The Branding on
my current store you can see that I am
using the Poppins font and I am also
using these blue colors so I want my
product images to match this branding so
that everything looks clean professional
and branded so as I mentioned you are
going to get all of your product images
in a row and you can begin editing these
now I have already edited these product
images so I can show you exactly what I
mean so if we just go and have a look at
these product images I'm just going to
scroll to the top and I can show you one
by one what the transformation is going
to look like and how this can really
improve your store in terms of making it
look more branded more professional and
more trustworthy and this is going to
help increase the conversion rate and
set you apart from other drop shipping
stores so if we have a look at the first
image you can see it looks like this I
have rebranded it like this so that it
matches the branding of the rest of my
store if we scroll down we can have a
look at the second image and we will do
the same here so here is the second
image the original and here is the
rebranded version so as you can see they
look very similar but it just means that
everything's going to look super
cohesive on the store and everything is
going to match if we have a look at the
third image again you can see here is
the third image I'll scroll down to the
third image here as you can see they
look very similar but it looks more
clean and more professional so you can
see things like it has Chinese writing
here so I have covered that up there are
also a lot of spelling errors and
grammatical errors on the Ali Express
original images so this is why you are
going to want to Rebrand them as you can
see here it says wide open and with a BG
so I have just gone and made sure that
it has been spelled correctly the same
on here if we scroll up onto the first
image it says responsible for everyone's
Health to end to to the end it doesn't
really make sense it's kind of weird so
I've just rebranded this with ultimate
hydration if we scroll down to the
fourth image let's scroll down to the
fourth image again you can see that it's
very similar but I have just rebranded
it to make it match the rest of my store
we can scroll down to this image here as
well so you can see again I have just
replaced this with ultimate hydration
instead of 1,600 part per billion the
customer doesn't really know what this
means so you want to just go and use
language that the customer understands
keep yourself hydrated through the day
with hydrogen water and then if we have
a look at the final one you can just see
it's very simple I've just done
convenient to travel and I've just
changed it to match the branding for the
rest of my store so I'm going to show
you exactly how to do this this it is
very simple it will take you some time
but like I say this will set you apart
from your competitors so in order to
Rebrand these we can just zoom in a
little bit and what you are going to do
is you can come over to elements and you
can basically just use elements to cover
up the original text so if we just come
into shapes you can see we have this
square shape here we can just bring it
to the top like this and we can just
drag it across you can make it a little
bit smaller so let's just make it like
that
and we can simply just drag it across
now we can come into text add a heading
and you can just go and change the font
to the font that you're using on your
store so I'm using popins and now you
can simply just type in the text that
you want to use so I've just gone for
ultimate hydration we can simply make
this a little bit smaller so we'll make
it like that and we'll just drag it to
this size we can change the color so
we'll just highlight this and change it
to White and then we can drag it up the
top here and just Center align it like
that we're going to change the color of
this so that it matches the color of the
rest of the store so we can just go and
paste that color in so we'll just bring
it down a little bit you can use your
arrow
keys so as we can see we'll just move
this across as well and there we go so
next up if you want to go and do the
same you can simply use the elements
again so if we come in here I'm just
going to click on this this time I'm
going to change this to a white square
and I am just going to drag this here
and we can simply just cover up this
three like this and then we can copy and
paste this we can enter in the number
three I am going to change the color of
this so we'll choose this color again
and now we can simply make this bigger
so let's make this much bigger let's say
and you can just drag it to make it
bigger like this and you can just use a
little bit of trial and error so as you
can see we can use the arrow keys to
just move this around and basically this
is all I've done for all of my images so
if we just come back over here you can
see that I've basically just covered up
all the elements so if we just zoom in
you can see I've just got a white square
here so I am a matter of fact just going
to move this white square a little bit
higher because I want to cover up
anything in the background I have just
gone if I just move this you can see
I've just covered this up
I've also done the same with this so if
I move these as you can see we've got
hydrogen water I've also done it with
these as well as you can see I've also
done it with these as well so if we just
move these out the way you can see I'm
just using simple shapes and text to
Rebrand all of the images it's very easy
now some things that you can do when you
are rebranding once you actually go and
add a background image so you can see
this is a background Square you can go
and make sure that it matches the same
color as the background so this is a
very light blue color so what you can do
is you can come into color click on the
plus button and you can choose this
Color Picker so you can simply I drop so
that you pick the same color so I am
just going to go and leave this as it
was and if we scroll down I have used
other elements so this is an element
that I have used so I just came into
elements and I just typed in H2O and
that is how I found this element so that
is how you can find different graphics
and elements so if we just come in here
and I type in H2O as you can see this is
the original graphic but I have just
changed it to the colors to match the
rest of the store and I have just done
the same here so if we just drag this
this is how it originally looked the
same with this I have just put a white
rectangle in the background so you can
see this is super easy to do it does
take a little bit of time like I
mentioned if we just drag this away we
can see here is the original one so I've
just used a few different squares here
to go and Rebrand this image same with
these if we drag these you can see I've
completely rebranded all of the images
so I really recommend to do this this is
really going to help you set yourself
apart from your competitors and make
your store look super branded and as I
mentioned this will help to increase the
conversion rate and increase the sales
on your store so once you have got all
of your images in the next lesson I do
just want to show you how you can also
create a gift in order to create a gif
for your product page you can go to
ezgif.com
and click on video to give now there are
a few different ways you can find videos
firstly you can just head over to the
product page so as we can see there is a
video of the product here so you can go
and have a look on various AliExpress
listings to find different videos once
you have found one you can simply click
right click and click on inspect and
from here you can choose the inspect
Arrow you can go and inspect the video
element and then you will see the video
link here you can copy this and open
this in a new tab and then you will see
the video and I'll just put this on mute
you can click download to download the
video alternatively you can do the same
with the meta ads Library so you can
come into your meta ads Library just
type in some keywords related to your
product and when you find a video that
you like and want to use for a gif you
can simply click on see add details and
again you can right click and click
inspect and once again again you can
inspect the video element and you should
be able to find the link here so here is
the link we can just double click this
link open it in a new tab and again we
can just click on the three dots and
click on download so I'm just going to
close these so now you have got the
video you can click on choose file on
ezed GIF so I'm just going to choose
this video and hit open and then you can
click on upload video you can then
decide where you want to clip the video
so you can start it at 0 seconds and
where you want to end it so I'm just
going to play this and I'm just going to
end my clip at 20 seconds once you have
done that you can click on convert to
GIF the video will then be converted to
a gif you can crop it or resize it if
you want to but I'm happy with the way
it looks so I'm just going to click on
Save once you have saved your GIF you
can just head back to autods navigate to
products and drafts and then find your
product that we are going to import and
in the next lessons I'm going to show
you how we can go and edit all of the
information such as the images variants
and everything that we need to edit
before importing the product to our
store and once we import the product to
our store I'll show you how we can edit
the product page from the store's front
end to make it look super professional
and super clean so the first thing we
are going to do is upload our product
images so we are going to come over to
images we are going to select all of the
images except for the main image so
we're just going to deselect this and
then we are going to scroll back up and
we are going to click on remove to
delete all of the current images so
let's just click on this and once we
have deleted all of the current images
we are going to upload all of the images
that we edited within canva so we are
going to click on ADD image we are going
to click on upload image navigate to the
product images that we downloaded from
canva and also any GIFs that you
downloaded and now we can start
uploading these one by one so I'm going
to select the first image and just hit
open and now we are just going to add
the rest of the images so I'm just going
to speed up that process
now and once you have uploaded all of
your product images you can set one of
these product images as your main image
and the main image is going to be the
first product image that the customer
sees when they land on your product page
so make sure that you pick the most
professional image with the most product
information because this is going to be
the first image that the customer sees
so I'm going to choose this image
because it looks super professional
super clean and has lots of product
information so I'm going to click on set
as main image now I have set that as the
main image you can go and delete any
images that you don't want to use so I'm
just going to click on this and I am
just going to remove this image as well
and then we can click on Save once you
have uploaded your images you can come
over to item specifications I am just
going to delete all of the item
specifications and we are going to leave
this completely blank because we will be
editing our product page using the
shrine theme and the shrine theme allows
you to create a specific product page
for each of your products so we don't
really need to have these item
specifications next up we can come to
variants and from here we can edit our
product variant so we can click on edit
and and from here you can edit any of
the variations of your product so
firstly you can just edit some general
information so for example you can go
and edit the color names or sizes or
things like that so I'm going to come in
here and I'm just going to change this
to Silver instead of light gray
everything else I am going to leave the
same now if we come into pricing this is
where you can decide how much you want
to sell your product for now it's super
important to get this right within autod
DS because this is going to be the price
that shows on your Shopify store and
this is going to be the price that
customers see so of course as I
mentioned during the product research
module you're going to want to have at
least a $20 profit margin now I am going
to sell this product for
$39.99 so have a look at how much your
competitors are selling it for and have
a look at if you have a decent profit
margin and that way you can decide how
much you want to sell your product for
so you can see on this particular
product we have a £
2829 profit margin so that's around $32
$33 so that's a very healthy profit
margin you can also round this to the
nearest cents if you want to and you can
also create a compare at price so this
will show your product on sale so I'm
going to create a compare at price for
this product so that it shows with a
discounted rate on the front end of my
store so we are going to togg along
compare at price and I'm going to show
it as 50% off so originally the product
will be £80 or close to and now it is
$39.99 then we can click on save you can
of course repeat that process for any
other variants of your product of course
this product only has one variant so we
don't need to do that next you can come
to description we are actually going to
delete all of the information in the
description and the reason that we are
going to do that is because we are going
to create our product description from
our front end of our store as I
mentioned the shrine theme allows you to
edit your product page from the front
end so that is where we will create our
product description so we are just going
to click on edit product description and
then we can scroll all the way to the
bottom of our product description now we
are going to highlight all of the images
and text within our product description
and we are simply going to delete all of
this and then we can click on save so
now when it comes to our product
description we are essentially starting
with a blank canvas because like I say
we will be building out that product
description from the the front end of
our Shopify store we can now come over
to product and from here you can choose
a collection for your product so in the
next lesson I'm going to show you how to
create a collection we can click on
create collection you can name your
collection whatever you want to I'm just
going to name this accessories and click
on save so once you have created a
collection for your product you can come
back to autods and you can go and choose
that collection so I'm just going to go
and choose the accessories collection we
can then scroll down you can choose your
shipping methods I recommend to leave it
as the default cheapest with tracking
you can leave the tags as default and
then from here you will see monitoring
so if you upgrade your autod DS plan you
can toggle on stock monitoring and price
monitoring and essentially these will go
and monitor the stock with your supplier
so if you run out of stock it will also
show on your Shopify store that you have
run out of stock and you can also go and
monitor the price of your product as
well so if you're Supply increases the
price of their product you can also go
and increase the price of your product
as well so as I mentioned when you
upgrade your plan you can go and toggle
both of these on because these are
really helpful with managing your
Shopify business and finally you are
going to want to toggle on auto order so
your orders are fulfilled automatically
of course in the later lessons I will
show you how you can go and fulfill all
of your orders so once you have done all
of this and you are happy that
everything has been filled out correctly
your title has been optimized your
description is completely blank all of
your variants have been set up with the
correct pricing and names all of your
images have been uploaded and you have
deleted all of the item specifications
you are now ready to import the product
to your store so you can click on Save
and import the importing process will
take a few minutes so let's leave this
for a few minutes and then we can go and
have a look at the product on our store
once the import process has finished you
will see import to store one of one
finished you can click on products and
you will see the product that you just
imported to your Shopify store so now if
we go over to Shopify and you click on
products you will see the product that
you just imported from autod DS you can
then click on this product and once you
click on the product where it says
publishing just make sure that you see
sales Channel if you don't click on
these three dots click on manage sales
Channel and make sure that you have
online store ticked you can then close
this and then just make sure that
everything that you have imported from
autod DS is correct so we can see that
the title matches the deleted
description is gone because we will go
and edit our description from the front
end and all of the images that we
uploaded are still there so now we are
going to start editing our product page
and product description from the front
end using the shrine theme that we
installed earlier so we are going to go
to online store and we are going to
click on customize and then you can
click on the catalog page and you will
see your products so we are going to
click on this product so now if we
scroll down on the product page we will
see many different sections that have
been added as a default we are going to
delete all of these sections and start
from a blank canvas so we're just going
to keep this main product description up
here but underneath that we are going to
get rid of everything so if we just come
to the side here as you can see each
area is a section so we've got rich text
we are just going to click on this and
click on remove section and we are going
to do this for every section we have a
horizontal tracker we are going to
remove this the comparison table we are
going to remove and the relatable
products will be set off but don't worry
about this because you cannot remove
this section but you can't see it so now
we only have our product description and
we can start adding sections based on on
the competitor store so firstly we can
actually go and add in some of these
small benefits and features of the
product so I'm just going to copy these
we've got hydrate faster and consume
higher quality water now what you can do
is to make your store more unique you
can head over to chat gbt and you can
just rewrite the copy of your competitor
store so you can just prompt it with
rewrite this copy and hit go and if you
are happy with the copy that it has
Rewritten we can just head back here
here and where we see this benefit
section we can go back and we will see
Emoji benefits so we can click on this
and I'm just going to paste this in and
if you do want to change the Emojis you
can head to a site called emoji.png
[Music]
here and we can replace the Emoji again
I am going to copy the next one like I
say you can rewrite these using chat gbt
so that your store stands out slightly
more but I'm just going to speed this
process up because it might get kind of
boring watching me constantly just
rewriting all of the copy so now I'm
just going to copy this one and we will
just come underneath here and paste this
one in and I am just going to backspace
and paste this emoji in so now we have
the main benefits of the product now we
can simply scroll down now and we can
start adding some sections based on the
sections that our competitor store has
so we can see they have this as scen on
I'm not going to include this because I
don't think it's good to include these
Brands like Men's Health NBC and things
like that if your product hasn't
actually been featured on these sites so
what we can do is we can scroll down and
I am going to come on the left hand side
we will scroll down I am going to click
on ADD section and we are going to go
for a horizontal ticker so we are going
to choose this and now we can click back
and we can click on to the first text
and I am just going to enter in backed
by science and now we can click on back
and click on the next one for this one I
am just going to enter in 1,000 plus
happy customers and we can click back
and now we can go onto the final one and
I am just going to go and enter in
30-day guarantee now we can click on
save so now if we have a look at our
competitor store and we scroll down we
can see they have this image with a
headline and a paragraph an image with a
headline and a paragraph and they have
another one so we are going to go and
add this as well so we will click back
we are going to click on ADD section and
we are going to scroll up and I'm going
to look for this multi row so I am going
to choose this and then we can click on
our first row from our multi row so just
click on this we are going to select an
image I am going to select this image
and hit done and again we can simply go
and rewrite the copy from our competitor
store so I'm just going to scroll up I
am going to Simply copy the first
headline you can head over to chat gbt I
have already Rewritten this one so I
have just said rewrite this copy and
they have Rewritten it to this copy here
so I am just going to copy this and I am
simply going to click on this row scroll
down and where it says row I am just
just going to paste this heading in and
I am simply going to delete the caption
once again we can come back over here
you can copy the paragraph and I am
going to head over to chat gbt and I
have Rewritten the paragraph So I have
just said rewrite this copy and I have
pasted it in again I will simply go and
copy this and I am going to scroll down
and where we have text I am going to
paste this in here now I will be
marketing my store towards the UK so
where it says Americans I am just going
to change this to UK citizens and then
what you can do is you can bold any of
the text that you want your customers to
focus on so I am just going to bold this
part here and where it says more
clarity and feel better I am going to
bold this as
well and we will just get rid of any
unnecessary space at the bottom and then
finally where we have button label I am
just going to delete this so we can
delete the button completely so now I am
just going to repeat that process for my
second row so again I will come into the
second row I am just going to copy the
copy of my competitor store and I am
going to get chat GPT to rewrite it for
me so I have Rewritten all of that copy
already so we can just come into this
row we are just going to delete the
caption we will go and enter in our
heading I can come back here and I am
just going to copy all of this and I
will just paste this into the text
so I have just gone and pasted that text
in and any sentences that I want to
stand out to the customer I have just
made them bold again we can go and
choose an image so we are just going to
click on select image I'm going to
select this image and hit done and again
I am just going to get rid of this
button label completely so now I am just
going to repeat that process for the
third and final row now you will want to
put your store into the mobile view
quite frequently because 90% of your
traffic will be coming from mobile so
constantly go and check how your store
is looking on a mobile you will want to
make sure that it is looking clean and
professional so I'm actually going to
get rid of this section here so I am
just going to click on remove block to
remove this unnecessary white space on
the mobile view so let's just hit remove
block and now you can see that that
looks much better so our product page is
coming together is looking really good
so far so now we can just delete this
final row so we will just come into row
and click on remove block so now we can
have a look at our competitor store so
if we scroll down we do have three rows
just like they have they do have a how
it works section I'm actually going to
skip this and I am going to go and
create this table here so in order to
create this table we will click on ADD
section and we are going to scroll down
and we are going to find comparison
table so we are going to choose this so
as you can see it looks really good on a
mobile but I am just going to put it
into the desktop view to make it easier
to edit so in order to change these
benefits you can just click on table row
and you can start changing some of these
benefits so I'm just going to change
this to made of high borosilicate gloss
then we can simply click back I am going
to go to the second table row and I am
just going to paste this in 3 minutes to
produce a cup of hydrogen M so just go
and enter in three or four benefits of
your product for this comparison table
once you have added the benefits you can
click on comparison table and you can
just change the text so I'm just going
to paste this in here I am going to
change this from Bold to normal see why
thousands have made the switch to a
healthier more sustainable hydration
solution and where it says comparison
table we can go and have a look they've
said why choose Hydro so we're just
going to come over here and I'm just
going to change Hydro to my store's name
nvo hill now I am actually going to add
a section Above This section so we will
just go back we will click on ADD
section and I am just going to add this
Rich Text section and we are just going
to click back and you can simply just
drag sections above other sections so we
are just going to grab this section and
I am just going to move it above the
comparison table just like this so now
we can scroll down we are going to click
on this I am going to change the
background to Accent one just like this
we can come back now and where it says
buttons I am just going to remove the
button so we'll just click remove block
and I have just added some copy to this
section we will now add another section
so let's click on ADD section and I am
going to choose this vertical ticker and
I have just added in some text in here
we can now click back and we can go and
change these vertical ticker benefits so
we are just going to click on these and
I have just gone and replace these with
some benefits of the product finally we
will just go and delete the button so we
can just scroll down and where we have
button label we can simply just delete
this the final thing I do want to add is
going to be an FAQ section so we are
going to click on ADD section and you
are going to choose collapsible content
and in here I am just going to update
these based on some of the competitor
FAQs so if we just scroll down we can
see what is hydrogen water so I'm just
going to copy this click on the first
collapsible content row I am going to
paste in here and then for the row
content I am just going to copy this and
get chat GPT to rewrite it again you can
then copy this come back over here and
paste this into the row and then you can
change the icon if you want to so I'm
actually just going to change this to no
icon so now I am just going to update
all of the FAQs so I have just gone and
updated all of those FAQs where we have
heading I am just going to change this
to got answers we've got questions and I
will just change the capture to FAQ and
you can of course change the colors if
you want to by going to color scheme so
I could go and change it to this or
whatever color scheme I wanted but we
are just going to go for background one
and now I am just going to hit save so
let's have a look at how our product
page is coming along we can just scroll
through the product page it is looking
really good as they scroll they do have
all of the product images up the top
here and they are greeted with this
initial image which looks really good
they then have some benefits about the
product as they scroll they can see the
delivery times so I will show you how
you can go and update these in a moment
then they do have some feedback from the
customers now I'm actually going to go
and delete this because we will go and
import some reviews directly from Ali
Express so we are going to click back
and then if we scroll down we will see
reviews I'm just going to remove this
and then as they scroll we do have this
moving ticker here then they have an
image some text another image with some
text text going over the benefits and
features of the product then they have a
comparison table and then they do
finally have some FAQs now there are
many other sections that you can use
with the shrine theme so if I just
scroll down and I click on ADD section
you will see that there are a number of
different sections that you can use so
if we scroll down I'll show you a few
that I think are pretty cool you have
multicolumn which is really great you
can add a video if you want to you have
this before and after slider for certain
products you can also go and add the
featured on like I showed you with this
store here so if your store is featured
on other sites you can easily go and add
a featured section like this another
cool section if we scroll all the way
down we do have this results section so
this is a really great one that you can
think about using and also an icon bar
as well so there are a few different
sections that you could consider using
for your own product pages use a bit of
trial and error and be creative but try
to keep things fairly simple and always
have a look at your competitor stores to
give you an idea of how you can create
your own product pages so for now we are
just going to click on Save once you
have saved that we are going to put our
store into the full screen mode as you
can see it is already looking really
good the next thing we are going to do
is add some reviews to our product page
so if we scroll down on the current
product page we are going to add some
reviews to the bottom now reviews help
to build social proof and again this
helps to build trust around your store
which will help you to increase your
conversions so in order to add reviews
to your store we are going to be using
an app called luks so you can come over
to apps you can click on app and sales
channel settings you can click on
Shopify App Store and you can just
search for Luke's and you will see
Luke's product reviews app now I will
leave a link in the lesson notes to
Luke's as well it is a paid app however
I do think it is the best review app out
there to import reviews directly from
AliExpress and it will really help to
increase your conversion rate so it is
worth the $9.99 per month so we are just
going to click on install on this app
and then we will click on install again
you can then choose your Luke's plan so
you can just start with the beginner
plan and then you can just click on
start and we are just going to click on
take beginner and then you can approve
the subscription you will then be
brought over to your Luke's dashboard so
you can click on continue you can choose
your language so I'm going to choose
English and click on continue you can go
and choose your brand and icon colors
and also your icon style and you can
also choose your reviews widget layout
I'm going to leave everything as the
default and click on continue it will
then ask you when you want to ask your
customers for a review so I'm just going
to leave leave it as 14 days after
fulfillment and click on continue you
can encourage your customers to submit a
photo or video review by offering them a
discount I'm just going to leave it as
the 15% off discount code and click on
continue it will then say enable Luke's
script so just click on this and just
make sure that this has been toggled on
and then click on save you can then go
back to the Luke's Tab and it should say
Luke's core script enabled so now click
on continue it will then say add product
reviews widget so you can click on this
and the product reviews widget will be
automatically added underneath your
faq's section so we are just going to
leave it here so we can just click on
got it and then click on Save if you
click on the back button you can of
course move this widget wherever you
want to on your product page but I
recommend to just have it underneath
your FAQs so now we can head back to the
other Tab and it will verify that we
have just added that Rev use widget and
we can click on continue next up we can
add a rating widget so we are going to
click on this and the rating widget will
be added at the bottom of your product
description again you can go and move
this if you want to so if we just go and
grab this we could move this above the
title so now the rating widget will be
shown above the title so as you can see
it will be shown above your title I
think this looks much better and now we
can click on Save we can now head back
to the other tab and again luks will
review this and now we can click on
continue next up we want to import some
reviews from AliExpress to our product
so we are going to click on import now
in order to import a review from
AliExpress it will say drag the import
to looks button into your bookmarks bar
so in order to show your bookmarks bar
you can hold control shift B you will
then see your bookmarks bar and where it
says import to looks you can just drag
this into your bookmarks bar you can
then click on go to AliExpress and you
can find your product that you want to
import the reviews from and then you can
click on import to luks you can then
select the product that you want to
import the reviews to so I'm going to
select this product you can choose the
ratings so I'm going to go for five
stars only you can choose the countries
that you want to import the reviews from
and you can also go and translate
reviews into English you can also go and
fetch the most recent reviews or reviews
that only have photos and then you can
simply click on preview and import you
can then reject or import any reviews so
I'm going to hit import if you see a
review that isn't that great like this
one just has a +++ we are just going to
hit reject so then it simply is a
process of importing and rejecting any
reviews that you want to use it will
then say import completed so we can
close this we can head back to Shopify
click on online store we can click on
customize we can click on catalog you
can click on your product and we are
going to put our store into the mobile
view and now if we scroll all the way to
the bottom we can see that we have our
reviews of the product so that looks
really great and as I mentioned this
will help to build trust with your
customers which will increase your
conversion rate so now we can head back
to our Shopify dashboard for the next
lessons we will be creating the
necessary Pages for your store and we
will want to start start off with a
contact us page but before we create a
contact us page I want to show you how
to create a branded email address for
your store so that your store looks more
professional when customers receive
emails from your store so in order to do
this you can go to settings and you can
come over to domains because I have
purchased my domain from a thirdparty
register I won't be able to give you a
step by step for this process however I
will leave a link in the lesson notes to
this post here which will show you how
to set up a forwarding email address
with your branded domain and this will
allow you to create a professional email
address for your Shopify store with your
branded domain so when customers receive
emails from your store or when they
contact you you can respond from your
branded professional email address and
this just helps to build the brand
around your store and again build trust
around your store now as I mentioned I
have purchased my domain from ionus so I
have just created a branded email within
my ionus dashboard so then you can head
back to Shopify once you have created
your branded email and now you are going
to scroll down and click on
notifications you will then see send a
email so just make sure that the sender
email in here is your branded
professional email address and then you
can click on Save once you have saved
that we can now go and create a contact
us page for our store in order to create
a contact us page you can click on
online store and then click on pages you
may see a contact us page has already
been created by default but if you don't
you can just click on ADD page so I
already have this so I'm just going to
click on this you can of course name
your page contact and then you can go
and choose the contact theme template
and just click on save you can then
click on view page and you will see your
contact us page has been created once
you have saved your contact page the
next Pages we will create are going to
be your policy pages in order to create
your policy Pages you can come to
settings and just scroll down to where
it says policies firstly you will see
your return policy so you will see the
rules around your return policy so you
can click on manage and the main thing I
recommend for you to change is customers
providing return shipping which means
that the customer has to pay to ship the
product back to you if they want to make
a return so you can choose this and
click on Save we can now click on the
back button and if you scroll down you
will see written return and refund
policy you can click on create from
template and you can simply edit this
slightly so where it says to be eligible
for return your item must be in the same
condition that you received it unworn or
unused so if you don't plan on selling
clothing items you can simply just get
rid of unworn and just leave it as
unused with tags as well you can get rid
of if if you aren't selling clothing
items so I'm just going to get rid of
that completely and we are just going to
leave it like this to be eligible for a
return your item must be in the same
condition that you received it unused in
its original packaging you'll also need
the receipt or proof of purchase to
start a return you can contact us at and
we have our professional email address
please note that the returns will need
to be sent to the following address well
you can get rid of this for now because
we will be Drop Shipping so you can just
give the customers the address of your
supplier upon email request so you can
outline that in the next sentence it
says if your return is accepted you can
get rid of this because they will
provide their own shipping label so they
will pay for their own shipping in order
to return the parcel so you can just say
we will send
you instructions on how and where to
send your package items sent back to us
without first requesting return will not
be accepted you can always contact us
for any return questions at and you can
leave your professional email address
for the next part we can just scroll
down to where we have damages and issues
you can just leave this as it is and
then for exceptions and non returnable
items I am just going to get rid of any
unnecessary space for this bit if you
don't sell any of these types of items
you can just get rid of it completely
and then you will see exchanges you can
just leave this as the default I am just
going to get rid of the white space and
then you have the EU 14-day calling off
period if you are selling in the EU so
just have a read through this and if you
are planning on selling in the EU you
can just leave this as the default and
then finally you have refunds so I am
just going to get rid of the unnecessary
space and once again just have a read
through this so I recommend to just
leave this as the default as well and
then you can click on Save once you have
completed your returns and refunds
policy in the next lesson we will create
the shipping policy in order to create
your shipping policy under policies
within settings you can just scroll down
and you will see shipping policy now for
your shipping policy you can just say
something like this we use various
couriers to ship your orders including
USPS UPS FedEx Royal Mail and More you
can of course include any cers that your
supplier might be using but these will
be the main ones you will receive your
tracking number via email once we have
processed and shipped your order and
then you can say our processing times
are 1 to2 business days our estimated
shipping times are 7 to 13 business days
you can of course amend this depending
on how long the shipping times are for
the products that you are selling so
just go and enter in your average
shipping times and then you can simply
click on Save once you have saved your
shipping policy in the next lesson we
will create a terms of service in order
to create a terms of service you can
come into your policy settings and
scroll down to terms of service and
click on create from template you can
have a read through this and just make
sure that all of the information is
correct and providing that everything is
correct you can simply click on save so
make sure that you are having a look at
the small details for example adding a
link to your refund policy this is very
easy to do so we can simply click on
Save we can close these settings for a
moment we can come to navigation and if
we go into our footer menu you can click
on ADD menu item you can click on search
or pay p a link go over to policies
click on refund policy and then you can
click on ADD click on Save menu and now
if you go to online store and click on
this I icon you can scroll all the way
to the bottom and you will see refund
policy so you can copy this and then you
can simply copy the refund policy Link
in the URL you can head back to Shopify
click on settings scroll down to
policies scroll all the way down to your
terms of service and then within your
terms of service we can find that link
to the refund policy again and you can
simply delete this and paste in your
refund policy so like I say make sure
that you have done that for any areas
that need to be linked so you will need
to link your privacy policy as well and
we will create the privacy policy in the
next lesson so just make sure you come
back to your terms of service after and
paste in the link to your privacy policy
so from here we can click on Save and in
the next lesson we will will create the
privacy policy in order to create your
privacy policy you can go to settings
and click on policies and then you will
see privacy policy now in the lesson
notes I will leave a link to this
document here which is a privacy policy
template that you can use and you simply
just need to replace the business name
with the name of your store now of
course this is not legal advice so make
sure that you have done your due
diligence on the country that you are
based in and the countries that you plan
on selling to in terms of privacy
policies to make sure that this is
correct because like I say I cannot give
you legal advice in this course but what
you can do is with this privacy policy
you can click on crlf you can copy
business name with the brackets included
so just copy this paste this into find
what and where it says replace with you
can enter in the name of your store and
click on replace all you can then click
on okay and close and just make sure
that you have have filled out this
information here correctly so for
example if you do have a registered
company in your country you can put that
information in here if you don't you can
simply just put in your address so just
make sure that you have filled this out
and then you can simply just come in and
you can copy all of this information
from the document so we'll just come all
the way up to the bottom we will copy
this then you can head back to Shopify
and just paste this privacy policy in
here make sure you get rid of any
unnecessary spaces within the privacy
policy now make sure you add the link to
your privacy policy within your terms of
service so in order to do this you can
close this you can come down to online
store and navigation again you can click
on your footer menu click on ADD menu
item come in search or paste link go to
policies choose your privacy policy
click on ADD click on Save menu click on
this little I icon next to online store
scroll down to your footer click on
privacy policy and then you can copy the
link from the URL head back to your
Shopify dashboard click on settings
scroll down to the policies and then
scroll down to the terms of service and
within your terms of service you will
see link to privacy policy and you can
just paste in that link and click on
Save once you have saved that in the
next lesson I'll show you how to create
an order tracking page in order to
create an order tracking page for your
store we will be using this app called
parcel panel order tracking now this is
the number one order tracking app for
Shopify and it is specifically built for
Shopify and if we scroll down you can
see that you can get started for
completely free in order to create your
order tracking app with parcel panel but
if you do use the link in the
description you will get 40% off of the
paid plans as well as a 7-Day free trial
on all of the paid plans so click the
link in the description to get your 40%
discount on the paid plans when you are
creating your order tracking page with
parcel panel now the great thing about
parcel panel it also allows you to mask
any Chinese tracking for your customers
orders so when they're actually tracking
their orders they won't see that your
products are coming from China and this
is going to reduce the amount of
customer emails and refunds you get so
it's a really amazing app when it comes
to creating an order tracking page now
there are a few last things that I do
want to mention regarding the parcel
Panel App because it is more than just
order tracking app it has a lot of other
powerful features so firstly it supports
over 1,300 carriers so no matter which
carrier your supplier is using you can
provide your customers with updates via
email notifications because you can sync
with over 1300 carriers it does sync all
of your orders within 30 days I have
already mentioned the Drop Shipping mode
you can add an estimated delivery date
to your order tracking page using the
apps features and you can also add
product recommendations to your order
tracking page so you can bring in more
Revenue directly when customers are
tracking their orders you can also go
and sync with review apps so that way
when a shipment status is updated to
delivered you can send your customers a
request via email to ask them for a
review this is a great way to collect
more reviews on your store you can also
integrate with a returns Portal app by
parcel panel so if you're dealing with a
lot of returns perhaps you are Drop
Shipping in clothing you can easily go
and create a returns portal you can also
go and add protection insurance to your
Parcels using parcel panel so this will
go and protect all of your customers
parcels and make sure that they are
delivered and you can also go and
integrate with Page Builder apps like
page fly and things like that so this
app does have a lot of features and a
lot of Integrations that you can use so
like I say click the link on the
description you will come over to this
page and from here we are going to click
on in install you are then going to
click on install again and then you will
be brought over to the quick setup guide
to create your order tracking page so
firstly you will see that your order
tracking page has automatically been
created as soon as you install the app
so if you click on this I icon you can
view your order tracking page so as you
can see the order tracking page is
already looking really great so what you
can do is you can then go and copy this
link and then you can just go to online
store and add this link to your
navigation I am going to show you how to
sort out all of your navigation in the
later tutorials so don't worry too much
about that for now next up you can click
on customize shipping notifications so
from here you can go and edit the
shipping notifications that your
customers receive regarding updates for
their orders so click on customize
notifications and in here you will see
the pre-made email templates that your
customers will receive every time there
is an update to their order so you will
see You've Got info received in transit
out for delivery delivered exception
failed attempt so you can simply go and
toggle on all of these templates I
recommend to have all of them toggled on
so that your customers are notified
every time there is an update regarding
their order you can go and edit these
templates so if you click on edit
template from here you can edit The
Branding of these email templates so
that they match The Branding for your
store so firstly I recommend uploading
your logo so come over to logo I'm just
going to remove the current logo you can
click on ADD image navigate to your logo
image and click on open once you have
uploaded your logo you can click on done
and then you can edit any of the other
branding options so for example if we
click on colors I can edit the bottom
background color to match the rest of
your store you can then click on save
you can also go and edit the actual text
within these emails so if we simply just
click on back so if we go into one of
the other templates you can click on
content and this is where you can edit
the content of the emails however I do
recommend to leave them as the default
because this will provide the customers
with all of the necessary information
that they need if we go back to template
branding all you're then going to do is
just update The Branding for each of
these templates to make sure that they
match The Branding for the rest of your
store so I'm just going to click on done
click on Save and then we can click on
back and like I say just make sure that
you do this for all of the templates and
these will be sent out to your customers
every time there is an update from the
tracking number for their order now if
we go back to the parcel panel dashboard
under the quick setup guide you will see
Drop Shipping mode so just click on this
and as you can see if you enable this
feature it will hide Chinese Origins to
create a consistent branded shopping
experience so basically when your
customers receive notifications or they
do go to your order tracking page and
enter in their tracking number they
won't see any Chinese Origins for your
packages so for example instead of the
shipping update saying has left where
Warehouse in shenzen it will just say
has left Warehouse so we'll go and hide
any Chinese Origins and this is really
great for customer service and reducing
any refunds there are a few other
features that I recommend you turning on
so you are going to want to toggle on
this send shipping tracking events to
Shopify so this way when an order is
fulfilled through autods the updates
will be synced to Shopify and then those
events will be sent out to customers via
the email templates that we edited
earlier
you can also toggle on update tracking
Link in Shopify so when a customer
clicks on a tracking number within an
email for example it will come over to
the URL of your tracking page so they
can track it directly from your website
so you can toggle this on you will also
see add tracking widget to your order
status page you're going to want to
toggle this on so customers can go and
track their orders from the order status
page if we scroll down you can choose
your preferred language so just choose
English and then you will see Courier
matching so this is where you are going
to choose the cers that you want to send
updates for so there are hundreds of
cers that you can choose from so go and
message your supplier whether that's
autods or AliExpress to see which career
they're using and then you can enter
that in here so for example you can see
you've got AliExpress standard shipping
USPS un Express 4px UPS CJ packet so
these are some of the more popular ones
so you can easily go and type any of
these in and you can simply go and tick
these and then you can enable or disable
them so if I disable this you can see
what it looks like and if I just click
on disabled now and I go and search for
AliExpress I can now go and enable this
so every Courier that you have enabled
will be synced with parcel panel so then
it can retrieve all of the updates and
send those updates out to customers via
the email notifications that we set up
earlier so now if we go back to the
parcel panel dashboard you will now see
that you have completed the quick setup
guide next I want to show you how you
can edit your order tracking page so
click on tracking page and from here you
can edit the appearance of your order
tracking page so for example you will
see the progress bar color I'm going to
go and update this to match the branding
of the rest of my store you can go and
choose the layout the theme mode if you
scroll down here you will see the order
lookup widget so you can allow customers
to look up their order by using their
email and phone number and order number
or by using their tracking number you
you can add custom text to your order
tracking page you can remove powered by
parcel panel branding if you go and
upgrade your plan if you click on custom
shipment status you can add custom
shipment statuses to your order tracking
page so you will see the default ones
ordered order ready in transit out for
delivery you can go and add custom ones
for example order processing or
something like that you can also add
custom tracking info so this information
will appear on your order tracking page
if they haven't been any recent updates
from the ker regarding the parcel so for
example you can see the example here
days since last tracking 7 custom
tracking info transit to next facility
so this basically just eases the
customers worries if they go and track
their order and they just see transit to
next Facility by default because you've
entered that in here they at least know
that their parcel is progressing and it
is still being delivered next up if you
click post purchase Ed if you toggle on
this feature this would display a
customer with an estimated delivery date
for their order and this is based on
your shipping rates so later on in the
tutorial I'll be showing you how to set
up your shipping rates within the
Shopify settings and whatever you set up
your shipping rates as is what will show
for the estimated delivery dates so for
example if you set up your shipping
rates to say that shipping will take 10
to 12 days then the estimated delivery
date will show 10 to 12 days after your
order has been processed next up we have
have product recommendation this will
allow you to display other products from
your store on your order tracking page
so this will allow you to actually make
more sales when customers come over to
your store to track their previous
orders they might be interested in one
of your other products and make a new
purchase so this is a great way to
increase your Revenue without doing any
extra work next up you have SEO
optimization in here you can put a
simple page title and description for
your order tracking page to help with
search engine optimization then we have
tracking page URL so from here if you
click on this pencil icon you can go and
edit the URL of your order tracking page
so instead of having parcel panel you
could go and change this to something
like track so if we come in here we can
just change this to track click on next
and then click on next step and click on
done so just make sure that you update
your url if you do do this within your
menu settings so that it is the right
URL that people can click on to track
their order you can then click on Save
and once you have updated your order
tracking page with all of these settings
you can click on preview and from here
you will see your order tracking page if
somebody tracks an order this is what
it's going to look like so you have the
order status you have the tracking
number and then as I say you can add an
estimated delivery dates you've got your
product upsells as well and then you
have all of the updates regarding the
actual product itself and all of the
Chinese origins of the shipping won't be
shown to the customer so now we have a
really amazing order tracking page next
up I'll be showing you how to add all of
the pages we have just created to your
header and footer menus but I do just
want to show you a few last things from
parcel panel so if we go back to the
back end you can see that we have
analytics so if we click on analytics in
here you can see a snapshot of all of
your customers orders and you can see an
update of different carriers and
destinations for each of those orders if
you scroll down you can see the shipment
status for all of your customers orders
you can also come over to integration
from here you can integrate parcel panel
with various other apps so for example
you can create a returns and exchange
portal using parcel panel returns and
exchange and you can also go and
integrate live chatbots like Wes's live
chatbot which I will be showing you how
to use later on in the tutorial so now
that I've shown you how to set up an
order tracking page in the next part of
the tutorial I'm going to show you how
to add all of the pages that we've just
created to your header and footer menus
so just come over to online store in
order to create your header and footer
menus come over to navigation firstly we
will create the main menu so click on
main menu firstly you can delete the
home menu item because customers can
simply just click on the logo to go to
the homepage and we really don't want
customers to even go to the homepage
because we're going to be sending our
customers directly to the product page
so we want to keep them on the product
page so you can just click on delete and
hit remove next up where you have
catalog you are going to click on edit
we are going to change this to shop and
instead of going to all of our products
we can go to the main product that we
will be testing so if you're testing one
or two products a week the main product
that you are testing at any given time
you can just change this Shop link to
that main product that you will be
testing so come to products and you can
choose the main product that you will be
testing so I'm just going to choose this
product and click on apply changes make
sure that you have your contact us page
so you can always click on ADD menu item
search or paste a link go to pages and
choose the contact us page and then do
the same with your track your order page
as well once you have done that you can
click on Save menu once you have created
your main menu we can click back and now
we are going to create the footer menu
so go to the footer menu firstly we are
going to delete this search menu item so
just delete this and hit remove make
sure you have added your refund policy
next up we are going to click on ADD
menu item and we are going to go and
choose our shipping policy so we'll come
down to policies we are going to choose
shipping and click on ADD we are going
to drag our shipping above our privacy
policy so then make sure you add your
privacy policy and then you are going to
add your terms of service so click on
ADD go to search go to policies and
choose terms of service and click on ADD
you can then click on Save menu once you
have saved your menus you can come to
the I icon to view your online store and
from here you will see your header menu
and if you scroll down to your footer
you will see all of your policy pages in
your footer menu so in the next lesson I
will show you how to design your
homepage in order to design your
homepage we are just going to click on
customize Under themes you really do
just want to keep your home page
extremely simple because as I mentioned
we won't be sending any of our customers
to the homepage we will be sending them
to the product pages for the products
that we will be promoting through our
ads and we don't really want our
customers to spend much time on the
homepage we want to keep them on the
product pages so that we can push them
towards that all important purchase so
as I say we are going to keep the
homepage super simple so what we are
going to do is we will keep this image
slide and we are going to delete
everything else so we're just going to
keep the image slide and we will keep
the ticker and we will go and keep the
contact form as well so just delete
everything else so all I'm going to do
is is Click on each section and I am
just going to remove all of these
sections so all we're left with is an
image slide a horizontal ticker and a
contact form now for the image slide we
are only going to have one image so if
you see two image slides click on the
second one and click on remove block
once you have removed that we can now
edit the first image slide so you can
just click on your image slide click on
explore free images or you can select
your own image I'm going to go for
explore free images and I'm just going
to search for a word related to my Niche
so this is the health Niche so I'm just
going to search for running and then you
can just scroll through the free images
and choose one of these so I'm going to
select this one here I think this looks
pretty cool then we can simply click on
select you can also go and put your
store into the mobile view and you can
select a different image for the mobile
view if you want to so for the mobile
view I am just going to select one image
of one of the products so I'm just going
to go and select this image here and
click on done we can now put the store
back into the desktop view and now we
can edit the text for the image slide so
we are just going to come down here I'm
just going to say optimize your health
and for the subheading I am just going
to say your journey starts here and for
the button label I am just going to put
in shop now and then we are just going
to link to one of our main products that
we will be testing so I'm just going to
come into products and I'm just going to
select this product now for the
horizontal ticker we can simply go and
edit these as well so we will just come
to feature one and for the first feature
I am just going to enter in 30-day
guarantee we can now go to the second
feature for the second feature I am just
going to enter in fast shipping and then
we can come to the third feature and for
the third feature I am just going to go
for secure checkout that's basically our
homepage we can also go and edit the
footer so where we have quick links I'm
just going to change this to help and
then where we have this image in the
footer I'm actually just going to remove
this block and I am going to add another
block so I'm going to click on ADD block
I am going to add a menu I am going to
click on this quick links menu and I am
going to change this to the main menu so
we'll click on Change menu and select
main menu and click on select and we'll
actually change this one to help we will
go back we'll go to the help one and I
am just going to change this to legal
and then we can go back again and I am
just going to go and drag this above
here also don't forget to edit the
horizontal ticker at the top of your
store as well so if we just go over to
shop I am just going to make this
horizontal ticker here the same as this
one here so I going to use the same
features so I have just gone and edited
those features to make them the same as
my product page I am just going to click
on Save and now we can go back to our
homepage and as you can see our homepage
is looking really good and once you have
edited and saved your homepage in the
next lesson I'll show you how you can
edit your email newsletter optin to
offer your customers a 10% off discount
code in exchange for their email address
in order to offer your customers a 10%
off discount code in exchange for
entering in their email firstly we can
go and edit the text so we can click on
this where it says subscribe to our
emails we can just change this to
subscribe for 10% off and where it says
a short sentence encouraging customers
you can just say join our newsletter and
get 10% off your first order you can
then click on Save once you have saved
that you can set up your discount code
so we can click on exit we can go to
discounts we can click on create
discount we can choose amount of
products you can name your discount code
so I'm just going to call this 10 off we
can make this a 10% off discount code
you can make it apply to specific
Collections and you can add any minimum
requirements if you want to you can go
and add the maximum discount uses so I
recommend to limit it to one per
customer and you can amend the discount
combinations and the active and end
dates once you have created that you can
click on Save Discount so now we have
our 10 off discount code we are just
going to copy this and now we will go
back to online store and under the
shrine theme we will click on these
three dots and click on edit default
theme content you can then go to
newsletter and where it says thanks for
subscribing you can just change this to
use code tenoff for 10% off your first
order and click on Save you can then
click back and click on customize and if
you scroll all the way down to your
footer you can enter in an email address
in here and if you click on sign up the
customer will see that message and they
can use that 10% off discount code at
the checkout once you have done that in
the next lessons we will be going
through your Shopify settings the first
settings we will start with is your
store currency so you can come over to
settings and from here you will see
store currency so you can go and edit
this if you click on these three dots
you can click on change store currency
now don't worry too much about which
currency you are going to choose of
course if the main Market that you're
going to be targeting is going to be the
us then you can choose the US do however
if you do plan on targeting multiple
different countries don't worry because
in the next lessons I'm going to be
showing you how to set up Shopify Global
markets so that you can Target multiple
different currencies and you can charge
customers in their local currency anyway
so for now I'm just going to leave it as
Great British pounds but choose
whichever currency you want to and I'm
just going to close this but you can
simply just click on Save the next
setting that we will go over is going to
be our checkout settings so we are going
to click on checkout and you can click
on customize checkout you will then be
brought over to your checkout and you
can scroll down to checkout and then
click on this now the first thing we are
going to do is upload our logo to the
checkout so we can click on select image
and I am going to select my logo and
click on done you can change the
position of your logo so you can go for
center right I'm going to just leave it
as the left you can also go and change
the size small medium large I'm just
going to go for medium now if you scroll
down I recommend to leave everything
else the same the only thing I do
recommend is to change the colors so I
recommend to change these colors to the
same colors that you are using on the
rest of your store so I am just going to
go and change both of these
colors however for the errors I do
recommend to leave this as red because
this is an easy indicator for customers
when they need to be told that they have
missed some information so once you have
edited your checkout you can just double
check that everything looks good so
everything is looking good and you can
click on save so as you can see the
accent colors have now updated so that's
looking really good so now we can head
back to our Shopify dashboard the next
settings that I will cover are going to
be your shipping settings so we can come
to settings and you will see shipping
and delivery you should see that some
shipping rates have already been set up
so you can simply click on these you can
see that you can charge different
shipping for certain products so if you
do want to add shipping on for a certain
product maybe to increase your profit
margins you can set up new shipping
settings for a specific product now if
you scroll down you will see some
shipping zones so as you can see we have
the EU you have the UAE and other
countries so if you click on this as you
can see Australia Canada Switzerland a
few other countries and the United
States and then you will see your
default country so because my store is
based in the UK my default country is
the United Kingdom now I'm just going to
set all of my shipping rates to free
shipping so what we can do is where we
have standard here I'm just going to
click on this and click on delete you
can then edit your shipping rate so if
we click on this we can click on edit
rate where it says shipping rate we are
going to choose custom you can name this
free shipping and then you can enter in
the average amount of days that your
products are going to take to get to
your customers and then for custom
delivery description I recommend to just
choose tracking number provided then you
can remove the conditional pricing and
this is how the customer will see it at
the checkout so you can of course go and
edit the custom rate name if you want to
like I say make sure that the shipping
days are accurate based on the average
amount of time that your products will
take to reach the customer then you can
click on done you can of course add
extra rates if you do want to charge
your customers so you can click on ADD
rate and you can choose add a flat rate
again you can go for custom you can go
and name this something like express
shipping and if you're supplier does
have express shipping you can of course
go and charge your customers based on
that again for the description we can go
for tracking number provided and then
you can put your price in for your
customer and you can always go and add
conditions to your shipping rates as
well so you can click on ADD conditional
pricing and you can say for example if a
customer spends minimum of £50 or $50
they get the express shipping for free
and then you can click on done so now I
am just going to go update my
international shipping zones so I'm just
going to click on these and I am going
to edit both of the rates for
international and for the EU to make
them free so I have just set all of my
shipping zones to free you can of course
go and create a new Zone as well so if
you click on create Zone you can go and
select any countries that you want to
ship to and then you can go and create a
shipping rate for that country I'm just
going to leave the countries that I've
already selected so I'm just going to
click on cancel and I will hit save once
you have set up your shipping rates you
should see a message like this customers
won't be able to check out because it is
an inactive market so in the next lesson
I'm going to show you how to set up
Shopify markets in order to set up
Shopify markets from your shipping
settings you can just click on go to
markets alternatively you will see
markets over here as well so we are just
going to click on go to markets now when
you are are in markets you will see your
primary market and you will see your
inactive markets so you see for me I
have the European Union as an inactive
market and also International which
includes Australia Canada New Zealand
and the United States so you can go and
activate both of these markets so let's
start with International in case I want
to start selling to the United States I
can just come in here go to inactive and
set this to active and then I can click
on save next up I do want to change the
currency for this market so I am going
to come into products and pricing and
then you can go and choose the currency
for the market so I'm just going to go
and choose the United States dollar for
this market and click on save it will
then say changing the market currency
will delete any fixed prices you may
have set this is completely fine so just
click on accept lastly you will want to
tick this box here that says show prices
to customers in their local currency
because that way if somebody from the US
comes over to my store they will see the
price in Us dolls and you can go and
update the prices of your products in
that currency so if I don't want to sell
this For $52 I can go and sell this for
$51.99 let's say for example and the
same for this I could sell this for
$71.99 or whatever price that you want
to go and enter in I could go and put in
$45.99 it doesn't really matter whatever
price you want to go and sell it for so
I'm just going to go and enter that in
and then you can click on save so now we
can go back and we can click back again
and now you can go and activate any
other markets that you want to so we can
just come into the EU we can go and set
this to active and now we are going to
come into products and pricing and I'm
just going to go and choose the Euro so
we can just come in here choose Euros
again you can go and update the pricing
of your products I'm going to go and
tick this as well and click on Save and
we will click on accept so now if we
just scroll up and click back again we
will just go and set this to active and
hit save and now we can click on back
and now we have our three markets now
you can add other markets if you want to
by clicking on ADD Market as you can see
you are allowed a maximum of three
markets under the basic plan so if you
do want to have extra markets you will
need to upgrade to the advanced plan but
if you do want to add markets this is
how you can do it for now I am just
going to leave it with those three
markets so we you'll just go and click
on cancel and once you have done that
you can move on to the next lesson where
I'll be showing you how to set up
payments in order to set up payments on
your Shopify store you can come over to
payments the first payment method that
we will set up is going to be Shopify
payments so you can click on complete
account setup you can go and choose your
business type this will vary depending
on the country that you're based in so
in the UK these are the business types
I'm going to go for individual SL Trader
you can then enter in some of your
details so you'll need to enter in your
address you will also need to enter in
your name and your date of birth you
will need to give some indication about
your product details so you can just
enter in a description about the
products that you're selling so I've
just put in health related products then
you can scroll down you will want to put
your phone number in and a statement
descriptor so this is what will show up
on the customer bank statement so make
sure that you put in your store's name
here here and then you just want to
enter in your banking information so in
the UK we have a sort code and account
number and this is going to be where
your Shopify payments will be deposited
so make sure that you enter in the
correct information and once you have
entered all of that information in you
can click on submit for verification
once you have set up Shopify payments
you can also go and set up Paypal so
just click on where it says setup
incomplete and then you can click on
complete setup if you already have a
PayPal account you can simply connect an
existing PayPal account to your Shopify
store or you can go and create a new one
so you can just click on next and like I
say if you have a PayPal account you
just need to log in if you don't you
just need to go through the process of
creating a new PayPal account for your
store it will then say allow PayPal to
connect your account with Shopify so you
can just click on agree and connect and
then you can click on go back to Shopify
once you have set up your payments in
the next lesson I'll give you a brief
overview of taxes and duties when it
comes to setting up taxes and duties I
can't give you legal advice and there
are so many different variations
depending on the country that you're
located in and the country that you plan
on selling to so I can't cover every
single different scenario unfortunately
but I'll just give you a bit of advice
based on what I do so all I do is I use
this site here called just
answer.co and this site will basically
allow you to speak to a Tax Advisor or
an accountant so that you can talk them
through any given scenario of your store
and they will be able to advise you on
the type of taxes that you should be
charging your customers and the taxes
that you need to pay depending on the
country that you are based in so I
recommend to just head over to Google
and type in speak to a Tax Advisor
online and hopefully you should be able
to find a site similar to this where you
can pay a very small fee to speak to a
Tax Advisor however in the beginning
when you are just starting out I
wouldn't worry too much about it because
your store isn't going to be profitable
from day one so you can always go and
backdate your taxes once you speak to an
accountant or a Tax Advisor when money
is actually coming in through your store
like I say this isn't legal advice but
this is the best advice I can give you
when it comes to taxes and duties
so I recommend for you to just do your
own research when it comes to taxes and
duties so now that we have gone over
taxes and duties in the next lesson I do
just want to go over email notifications
in order to edit the emails that your
customers receive you can come to
notifications and you can click on
customer notifications and then you can
click on customize email templates you
can go and upload your logo to these
email templates so I am just going to go
and choose my logo and click on done you
can go and change the logo size so I am
just going to go and make this slightly
bigger so let's just go and make this
around 250 and then you can of course go
and change the accent color as well so
I'm just going to go and change the
accent color to this and then you can
click on save you will then see a
preview of what those emails will look
like so you just want to make sure that
they match The Branding for the rest of
your store so now that I've shown you
how to edit your store's email
notifications the next part of the
tutorial I want to show you how to add a
live AI chatbot to your store to
streamline your customer service and
help you make more sales so in order to
do this we will be using an app called
wesk now I will leave a link in the
description to wesk and if you use the
code Elliot prendy you can get 50% off
of your first month on the paid plans
but the great thing about this chat boo
is you can get started for completely
free now using the wesk AI chatbot you
can automate repetitive tasks like
product recommendations sending out
coupon codes updating customers on their
order statuses and tracking numbers so
you can actually reduce your workload a
lot it has been proven to reduce
workload on stores by 30% and another
really great thing you can do with Wes's
AI chat B is you can connect it to your
email address you can connect it to
Instagram to WhatsApp to Facebook
Messenger so you have one unified
support Channel no matter where
customers message you so if a customer
messages you through Instagram DMS or
they send you an email or they send you
a message on Facebook Messenger you can
go and view that from the willes
dashboard so that means you can reply to
all of your customer queries in one
simple dashboard so I think this is
really important especially when you
start to scale you will start to get a
lot of customer inquiries so having an
AI chatbot and having one unified
communication platform is going to make
things a lot easier for you one other
thing to mention is that when you
install the wesk AI chatbot it does
collate all of your customer information
so it can go and look at order history
it can go and look at statuses of
customers orders it can look at
subscriptions all of this type of
information so that way if a customer
asks for example about an update on one
of their orders or if they entering a
tracking number or whatever it is Wes's
AI chatbot has access to all of this
information so it can feed it back to
the customer super easily and it reduces
the amount of things you have to do when
it comes to customer service so as I say
I will leave a link in the description
to wesk and if you use the code Elliot
prendy you can get 50% off of your first
month on the paid plans so we are just
going to click install and we will click
on install again once you install the
wesk app you will be prompted to create
a password for your account so just
entering a password and click on
continue and then you will be brought
over to the world desk dashboard and
from here we can go through the setup
guide so the first thing we are going to
do is enable the widget on our Shopify
store so click on enable now and then
you will be brought over to your Shopify
store so just toggle on the wesk app
embed and click on Save once you have
saved that you can head back to your
will desk dashboard and we will just
refresh this and then you should see a
green tick where it says add widget to
your website next up we are going to
edit the styling of our chatbot so click
on Style your widget appearance from
here you firstly can choose channels
that are available through your chatbot
so you can turn on WhatsApp if you want
to or you can just leave it as a live
chat and email you can also go and
toggle on some other blocks so we have
help center we also have after sales
order selfs service and Order track so
if you don't want to use any of these
you can simply untick them or toggle
them on you can also go and edit these
so if we click on edit for order track
and from here you can choose your order
sync time so I recommend to go for 60
days just in case customers come over to
your store and they still want to get
some updates about their orders as you
can see wesk also integrates with parcel
panel now we've already installed this
when we created our order tracking page
earlier so we don't need to worry about
this for now then we can just close this
we can now scroll down and we will see
visibility so you can choose to display
this at all times or only during
business hours I recommend to leave it
on at all times you can choose if you
want it on desktop and mobile or one or
the other I recommend to leave it on for
both you can choose which Pages you want
your AI chatbot to show on so I
recommend to just show it on all pages
but you can of course hide it on certain
pages so you can go and hide it on
product pages for example you just need
to add in a part of the URL I'm just
going to leave it on for all pages you
can of course set your business hours as
well so if you're open all the time you
can set your business hours and you can
choose your time zone so I am based in
London so I am just going to choose
Europe London if we scroll down you can
remove The wesk Branding if you upgrade
your plan so I'm just going to upgrade
the plan I am going to click on upgrade
now and now that I have upgraded my plan
I can choose remove powered by wesk next
if we scroll up we can click on content
and from here you can edit the content
so it's going to say hi first name I
recommend to just leave this as the
default and you can go and edit the team
introduction so you can just say
something like need help we've got you
covered you can then update your website
logo so we're just going to click upload
and you can just choose a square image
of your logo and click on open if we
scroll down you will see show randomized
agent avatars I recommend to just leave
this as the default you can of course
choose specific agent avatars if you
want to but I recommend to just leave
this as the default you can set your
reply and waiting times again I
recommend to just leave this as the
default and then you will see the chat
button so this is going to be this
little icon here you can toggle this on
or off if you want to you can also
upload your own image again I recommend
to just leave it as the default as you
scroll down you will see the button text
I recommend to just leave it as help you
can go and make your button smaller or
bigger if you want to I'm going to go
for the smallest and I'm going to go for
left position you can also choose
spacing if we go back to the top we can
go to language and you can choose
separate languages if you want to so you
can add a language switcher you can also
go and decide whether you want to add a
visitors browser language or location
language and you can go and change any
of the language here I recommend to just
leave it as the default when you're
starting off just to keep things simple
so I'm just going to leave everything
here as the default we can then click on
Save changes now there are different
widgets that you can edit so you've got
your chat button you've got your live
chat widget like this you also have your
welcome popup and you have your pre-chat
survey so you can go and edit any of
these as well just by clicking on them
and then you can simply edit them from
the side here as well again like I
mentioned I recommend to leave them all
as the default now one of the main
things you're going to want to edit is
of course the styling so if we come back
into content and we scroll all the way
down to the bottom you can go and edit
the styling so you can go and choose
your own colors if you want to so I'm
just going to go and choose the same
color that I'm using on my website you
can of course go and choose fonts as
well so I'm using the popins font on my
website so I'm going to go and choose
the popins font as well so that
everything matches the rest of the store
now you're going to want to do this for
all of the different widgets so if we
come to the live chat widget you can see
that The Branding has now been updated
if we come to the chat button the
welcome popup and also the pre-chat
survey everything has been updated so
now we can click on Save changes once
you are happy with how your AI chatbot
is looking you can now head back to the
willes home dashboard so now that we
have edited the styling of our chatbot
we can start our first conversation so
click on start your first conversation
so you will be brought over to the
homepage of your store and you will see
your chatbot down the corner whichever
side you chose so I'm going to click on
message us I am going to click on order
track I will enter in a name and email
address of one of my customers now for
you you can just enter in any type of
information don't worry too much and
then click on start chat from here a
customer will be prompted to enter in
their order number and email address or
their tracking number in order to track
their products so we can enter in a
tracking number and click on track and
now the customer will see all of the
updates for their order they can also
decide to chat with you as well so if
they click on chat with us and from here
they can start chatting with you now I'm
outside of my business hours that I set
within wesk so it's prompting me to
actually email instead so once you have
gone through that process we can head
back to will desk and now we can refresh
this and now that we have styled our
widget and started our first
conversation you can also connect
Facebook messenger and email to your
chatbot so click on connect Facebook
messenger and email and the first thing
we are going to do is connect Facebook
messenger and Instagram so click on
connect you will be prompted to log into
Facebook so just log into your Facebook
account associated with your store and
click on continue I am going to choose
the Facebook business profile associated
with my store and click on continue and
then I can choose my store's Facebook
page and click on continue I can also
choose my store's Instagram account and
click on continue and then we are going
to click on Save and then you can click
on got it you will then be brought back
to will desk and if you click on
Integrations you will see the Facebook
account that is connected to your wesk
account so now if a customer messages
you through Facebook Messenger or
Instagram DMS you will see that in your
willes account so you can come over to
where it says inbox and this is is where
you will see all of your customers
messages that you have connected to wesk
if we come over to channel you can see
that we have the different channels so
we have the website we have Facebook and
we have Instagram now you can also
integrate your store's email account
with real desk as well so you see all of
your stores emails here as well so if
you click app store and then from here
you can click on email and you can
integrate your store's email address so
we have Microsoft Gmail GoDaddy and
various others that you can connect so
depending on which type of email account
you're using you can go and choose the
right app integration to integrate your
Stores email account within wesk and
then you'll see all of your storees
emails in the inbox as well next up if
we come to automation from here you can
set up automations for your AI chatbot
so firstly you can set up an FAQ so that
when customers are looking for certain
types of information they can just ask
the chatbot and the chatbot can feed
this information back to them based on
the FAQs you set up so you can click on
use template and click on use template
again and from here you will see an
faq's flow for your store so if we
scroll into this flow diagram this is
essentially the flow diagram that a
chatbot will go through once you've set
it up so as you can see when a customer
visits the page they will be prompted
with a message saying how can we assist
you they can go and choose one of these
categories and each of these categories
flows off in into a new message you can
go and edit any of this message content
to update your customers on specific
things so for example if we see returns
and exchanges this comes down here and
then it will say I'm here to help could
you please give us more info about the
issue you're having then a customer can
choose one of these and then you can go
and edit this content here so it's
saying consider including details such
as the type of return offered your
return exchange window what items can be
returned so essentially you are just
going to paste your returns policy in
here and you can do this for every
single reply so if you see you've got
product question customer support track
your order you can go and edit all of
these flows however you can speed this
process up by using the AI agent
knowledge base so if we click on
knowledge base from here you can feed
Wes's AI chatbot with loads of
information from your store so if you go
and toggle on your products it's going
to take all of the information from your
product page and can feed this back to
customers when they ask questions about
it if we come to URLs you can go and add
URLs from your store to feed more
information to the chatbot so you can go
and add your FAQ page in here your
refund policy your shipping policy and
so on so if we click on ADD and I am
just going to add two URLs one for my
refund policy and one for my shipping
policy and click on ADD so now Wes's AI
chatbot will go and scrape these Pages
take the correct information
and then if a customer asks the AI
chatbot a question related to these
Pages the AI chatbot will feed that
information back to the customer so you
can click on preview answer and then you
can ask the AI agent a question so I'm
just going to say hi what is your refund
policy and click on send and because it
hasn't scraped my refund policy yet it
hasn't come back with an answer so if we
click on ADD question we can go and feed
it an answer so I'm just going to enter
in this answer here from my refund
policy as you can see
so we have a 30-day return policy which
means you have 30 days blah blah blah
this has been copied from my return
policy and I can click on save so you
can constantly train your AI chatbot
with new questions based on common
inquiries you are getting for your store
so it could be about a particular
product so if you're getting common
questions about a particular product
from your customers you can go and train
your AI chatbot to answer those
questions now let me show you a few of
the other flows you can set up so if we
come back to automation you do have a
proactive welcome message so you can go
and send your customers a discount for
example in the welcome message you do
have product recommendations and
discounts as well so again you can
recommend customers specific products
and send them discounts you do have
autoresponders based on specific
keywords so again it could be the
specific keyword refund and you are
autoresponders button I wouldn't worry
too much about this this is once you
start getting really big and growing
your store you can have multiple
customer service agents so that the
questions get sent to different agents
you have cart abandonment recovery I do
recommend to turn this on because then
when a customer comes over to your store
they will be prompted from the AI
chatbot to Simply go and finalize their
purchase if we scroll down you can see
we've got some other really cool ones
which can help you recover more sales so
you've got checkout abandoned product
removed from cart browse abandoned
return order cancel order and Report
issues so these are all related to
customer service so wesk can really help
you out it can help you increase Revenue
by recovering lost sales and it can also
help you reduce the amount of customer
service you need to deal with so we just
go and have a look at one of these for
example let's click on check out abandon
we can click on use template and you can
see what the template looks like so the
customer can click on checkout now and
go straight to the checkout or click on
continue shopping so you can simply
click on create flow and then your flow
will be set up if a customer does
abandon the checkout then they will be
prompted by the AI chatbot to go and
complete the purchase now there are a
few other cool things that you can do so
if we come over to the help center you
can go and create a help center for your
AI chatbot so you will see some common
questions that customers might ask so
for example what is your return policy
you can simply go and edit this article
so I've just copied the return policy
from my store and I'm just going to
paste this in here and click on Save
changes and now if we scroll down down
where we have what is your return policy
we are just going to toggle this on and
we can click on publish now if we come
back to our dashboard we click on style
our widget we can turn on the help
center and click on Save changes and now
we can click on preview and now if a
customer clicks on the chatbot they will
see that help center that we just turned
on and they will see that help center
article that we just created for our
return policy so you can go and create
as many help center articles as you want
again this will help you to reduce the
amount of customer service you need to
deal with especially when you start to
get a lot of sales next up if you come
over to customers in here you will see
all of the customers that have contacted
you via the AI chatbot you can sync this
with Shopify so then it will sync with
other platforms for example like clavio
if you want to do email marketing next
up we have report in here you'll see a
quick snapshot of all of the
conversations that have been created via
your AI chatbot so you'll see the
average time for First Response average
time for the customer closing how many
closed conversations and all of these
types of things so you can see how many
conversations your AI chatbot is
actually dealing with so this will help
you to see if you're utilizing it to its
full potential and then finally if we do
come back to the App Store and from here
you can integrate various different apps
for example WhatsApp if we scroll down
we can integrate parcel panel which we
have already done because we installed
parcel panel before we installed wesk so
all of our order tracking will be synced
with the AI chatbot as well in order to
remove the password from your store you
can go to online store you can go to
preferences I recommend to give your
homepage a title just name it the same
as your store's name and click on Save
and once you have saved that you are
going to scroll down and you will see
password protection just untick this and
click on save your store is now live to
the public so you can click on view
store and as you can see the store is
now live to to the public so if we go
over to shop we do come over to the
product page and customers are ready now
to start purchasing our products so in
the next lessons I'll be showing you how
to set up your ads so you can start
marketing your store and bringing in
some sales I hope you're enjoying the
tutorial so far now before we move on I
do just want to mention my private Drop
Shipping Community Dropship Discovery if
you join my private Community you can
work with me personally and I will help
you to scale your drop shipping stores
you'll get access to me via a private
one-onone chat where you can ask me any
question you have regarding building and
scaling your stores I run weekly Q&A
live course so you've got support every
step of the way and you also get access
to the slack group with all of my
private community members allowing you
to be part of a group of individuals all
working towards a similar goal of
growing their dropshipping business just
like I've done with my student Pedro who
has managed to scale his stores to
consistent and profitable $500 days my
name is Pedro Sierra I've been in
e-commerce for about a year now and like
most people starting out I didn't want
to pay for courses or mentorship because
I thought I could teach myself
everything on YouTube I was able to get
some sales but I wasn't profitable and I
couldn't scale anything to the point I'm
doing right now using Elliot
strategies and this is about a month
since joining Elliott's drop ship
Discovery group almost 18,000 in sales
about five or 6,000 profit on this and
expect more going into the fourth
quarter OT just doesn't give you advice
and leave he works with you directly to
optimize your store your landing page
connect it with private suppliers to
lower your cost of goods and shipping
you get weekly meetings modules that are
perfect for beginners real Hands-On
support and it's not just another
payment it's an investment so anyone
who's serious about this should join his
group because this is possible for
anyone so if you're interested in
working with me one on want to scale
your drop shipping stores check out the
link in the description to my private
Community drop ship Discovery and now
let's move on to the next part of the
tutorial in this module I'm going to be
showing you how to create your ad
creatives for your products before you
set up your first ads campaign so I'm
going to be showing you three different
methods that you can use to create ad
creatives in this module so let's get
straight into the lessons in this lesson
I'm going to to be showing you how you
can find ad creatives for your products
that you can then edit to use in order
to start testing those products now I
don't recommend to just download video
ads and use them straight away without
editing them make sure you are editing
these ad creatives to make them your own
this is going to help you improve the ad
creatives and also stand out from your
competitors and in the next lessons I'll
be showing you how you can edit the ad
creatives to make them your own so the
first place that you can find ad
creatives is the meta ads Library so
just go over to Google type in meta ads
library then we can simply go and search
all we can go to the ad category go for
all ads and then you can just go and
type in a keyword related to your
product so in this instance I am just
going to type in hydrogen water bottle
and hit enter I recommend it coming over
to the filters and coming to Media types
we can look for videos and I also
recommend looking for active ads because
inactive ads are ads that have performed
badly so you don't want to use those ad
creatives to test your products because
if the ad creatives have performed badly
it means that they weren't achieving any
sales and that's the reason why they're
inactive so go for active ads and hit
apply and I do recommend scrolling down
to find ad creatives that have been
running for at least one month so I'm
going to come down to May and now I can
see ad creatives that are still active
and they have been running for at least
a month so today is June the 2nd this
started running on May the 5th so almost
1 month so then we can simply go and
click on see details of these ads you
can rightclick on this and you can go to
inspect you can click on the inspect
arrow click on the video and then you
will see the link here so it should be
something like s content you can copy
this link and simply open a new tab and
paste the link in and then you will see
that ad creative you can click on the
three dots and click on download and as
I mentioned you are going to edit these
video ads to make them your own for your
own store in the next lessons so I will
show you how to do that but this is just
downloading some ad creatives and some
footage that you can use so the meta ads
library is a really great place where
you can do this so we will just close
this now and we will just close this ad
and you can simply scroll through you
might need to go and change the keywords
so for example if I couldn't find any
ads I could just type in hydrogen water
or hydrogen so you can type in different
variations of keywords related to the
product that you're trying to sell now
last but not least you can head over to
Tik Tok and again you can just type in
some keywords related to your product so
I've just typed in hydrogen water bottle
again and as you can see there is loads
of footage of this particular product
that I could use so you can simply go
and download these in order order to use
these to edit your video ad creatives so
I'll show you how to do that in the next
lessons as I mentioned now in order to
download one of these videos you can
simply click on the video now don't just
right click and click download because
when you do that you will download the
video and it will have a Tik Tok
watermark on it so what you are going to
want to do is just head over to Google
and type in download Tik Tok without a
watermark and you can use this website
here snap tick so when you go over to
snap tick you can simply go copy the
link from Tik Tok paste it in here and
click on download and then you can
simply go and download this Tik Tok
video so that you can use this in order
to edit your ad creatives in the next
lessons so that is how you can get some
footage for your products and in the
next lessons I'll show you how to edit
that footage in this lesson I'm going to
show you a video ad creative that I
created from scratch using my own script
and then I'm going to show you how how
to write these scripts for your own
video ad creatives and edit them so let
me show you the video ad creative first
and then I will show you how I came up
with the script and edited this video ad
have you heard of hydrogen water if
you're feeling sluggish and tired
throughout the day you'll want to get
more out of your water introducing the
nvo hill hydrogen bottle this Innovative
bottle infuses your water with molecular
hydrogen a powerful antioxidant linked
to increased energy improved hydration
and a stronger immune system join Sak
and thousands of others who love nvo
heels hydrogen water revive your day
naturally get your nvo heel bottle today
with our limited 50% off discount the
first thing you are going to want to do
is create the script for your video ad
and in the lesson notes below I will
leave a video ad script structure that
you can use to write video ad Scripts
for pretty much any product that you
want to sell so here is how the video ad
script structure works you have a hook
then you identify the problem or need
introduce the product highlight a unique
selling point or the product benefits
show some social proof and then a call
to action so the hook is the first 3 to
5 Seconds this is where you want to
capture the audience's attention so if
we come over to my video ad and for the
hook I've just used have you heard of
hydrogen water now I'm going to show you
how you can come up with hooks in just a
moment but like I say the hook is just
something that captures the audience's
attention so you can test out multiple
different hooks so I've just put here
test multiple Hooks and keep the rest of
the ad script the same so you can
essentially keep all of this part the
same and then you can just go and test
three to five hooks for your video ad
creative so as I mentioned the first
hook that I came up with was have you
heard of hydrogen water now questions
can work quite well when it comes to
writing hooks then the rest is fairly
simple you have identified the problem
or need so if we come back to the video
ad first we have the hook have you heard
of hydrogen water then we have identify
the problem or need so if I just go and
scroll across we can see that I I have
identified the problem so the problem is
are you feeling sluggish and tired so
you can see if I just let this play are
you feeling sluggish and tired
throughout the day so that's basically
my problem or need identified so if we
come back to the script here you can see
that I've got it here if you're feeling
sluggish and tired throughout the day
you'll want to get more out of your
water next up you introduce the product
so for me I've just said introducing the
nvo hill hydrogen bottle again this is
in the actual ad creative so if we come
over here you can see introducing the
nvo hill hydrogen bottle then the next
part is highlight the unique selling
point and product benefits this is
probably going to be the longest part of
the script and this is the bit that you
really want to focus on because you want
to sum up all of your product benefits
all the unique selling points about the
product in one sentence so I've just
said this Innovative bottle infuses your
water with molecular hydrogen a powerful
antioxidant linked to increased energy
improved hydration and a stronger immune
system then you can add some social
proof in there so social proof is
basically someone using the product and
you can have them actually talking about
the product if you want to within your
video ad ugc style which is user
generated content style so if we come
all the way over here we can see if I
just come past to the next bit you can
see this is where I have got my social
proof join Sarah and thousands of others
and then we have this girl here using
the product and then finally you have
your call to action so this is just
where you're prompting the audience to
go over to your site and you are
presenting them with the offer so I've
just said revive your day naturally get
your Novo Hill bottle today with our
limited 50% off discount so that is the
call to action the 50% off discount so
as you can see here is the final call to
action now how can you actually write
these scripts well you can either use
chat GPT or you can use Google Gemini I
have used Google Gemini in this instance
because chat GPT was down so all you
need to do is just write this prompt
into chat GPT or into Google Gemini so
I've just written write a Facebook ad
script based on this structure hook
create three to five different hooks
identify the problem or need introduce
the product highlight the unique selling
point SL product benefits social proof
call to action for this product and then
I have just put in the link to the
product from my website now I do
actually recommend using Google G Gemini
in this instance because sometimes chat
GPT will say that it can't access the
internet whereas if you do go and put a
product link into Google Gemini it will
actually allow it to access your product
page so that it can get some information
about your product and then it will come
up with some ad scripts so you can see
it's got hook one hook two hook three
hook four hook five and then it has got
the problem product unique selling
points social proof and call to action
now you don't need to copy and paste
this directly you can change some of the
text depending on the audience you're
targeting so because I'm targeting the
UK I've used language that is a bit more
relevant to the UK audience or the UK
Market I have just prompted Google
Gemini again and said rewrite the hooks
make them shorter I thought these hooks
were a little bit longer the hooks
should be short and snappy and try to
capture the audience's attention in the
end I didn't actually use any of the
hooks that Google Gemini recommended I
went and wrote my own hook have you
heard of hydrogen water I thought this
was a really good hook but you can of
course go and use any of the hooks that
are recommended as I say you don't need
to completely copy and paste the scripts
that they are writing for you you're
just using this to come up with ideas so
you can see for social proof they've
written thousands love nvo Hill see
Sarah K's experience I've just Rewritten
that to say join Sak K and thousands who
love nvo Hills hydrogen water as a
matter of fact on the actual ad I think
I put it as
thousands of others just to make it
sound a little bit more human so if we
come over to the ad we can actually
see join Sarah and thousands of others
as you can see so I have just Rewritten
what Google Gemini recommended for me
again if we scroll back up we can see
the call to actions that it recommended
so if we just come to this called to
action here take control of your health
and invest in your well-being and if we
see this to action here we can see
invest in your health I then just
prompted it again to say rewrite the ad
so it flows more naturally it gave me
this style of AD but I don't want this
style if Google Gemini or chat GPT does
try to Veer away from the ad structure
that I have provided you just go and
prompt it again and say use the same ad
structure because like I say this ad
structure works for pretty much any
product so now we can see it's got this
call to action here revive your day
naturally get your nvo Hill bottle today
limited offer again I have just
Rewritten this and said revive your day
naturally get your nvo Hill bottle today
without our limited 50% off discount so
you can just go and use Google Gemini
and chat GPT to give you ideas but use a
little bit of creativity and you can
always rewrite these to make them sound
a little bit more natural or a little
bit more relevant for your product once
you have got your script you are then
ready to create a voiceover so in order
to create a realistic voice over for
your video ad we will be using a tool
called 11 labs and 11 Labs allows you to
create the most realistic voiceovers for
your video ads they sound super
realistic and you can choose from
multiple different accents so you can
choose the right voice over that will
match your ad so will'll leave a link in
the description to 11 Labs if we do have
a look at the pricing you can get
started for complete free but you are
most likely going to want to upgrade
your account so you can get access to
more realistic voiceovers I personally
am on the Creator plan but you could
just start with the starter plan so as I
mentioned I will leave a link in the
description to 11 labs and from here you
can just click on get started all you
then need to do is enter in your email
address choose a password and then enter
in your payment details to sign up for a
subscription and you're ready to start
creating voiceover for your video ads
now I already have an 11 Labs account so
I'm just going to click on sign in once
you are signed in to 11lbs on the left
hand side you will see multiple
different tabs the ones we're going to
be using are text to speech and voices
so firstly we are going to click on
voices and this is where you can go and
choose the accents that you want to use
for your video ad voiceovers so you'll
see that there are a number of different
voices that are already in your 11lbs
account by default you can of course go
and add a different voice that you might
want to use so click on add a new voice
and from here you'll see a few different
options so you've got voice design
instant voice clone professional voice
clone and voice Library I recommend to
just get started with the voice Library
there are thousands of different voices
that you can choose from so you don't
really need to worry about designing
your own voice or cloning somebody
else's voice you can just choose a voice
from The Voice Library so click on voice
library in here you will see thousands
of different voices that you can choose
from now when it comes to choosing an
accent I recommend to choose a native
accent based on the country that you're
going to Target for your ads so if you
noticed at the beginning of the video
the video ad I have created has a
British accent and that is because I was
targeting the UK to sell that product
too so if you plan on targeting the UK
with your video ads you're going to want
to use a British accent if you plan on
targeting Australia you're going to want
to use an Australian accent if you plan
on targeting the US you're going to want
to use an American accent and so on so
search for voices that are relevant to
the country that you are going to Target
so for example if we wanted to Target
Australia I'd come over to the language
I will just go and choose English and
then I can come over to the accent and I
can choose Australian and now I will see
all of the different Australian voices
that I can use to create my voice over
for my video ad now you can simply just
start playing these to see how they
sound and to see if they will be good
for your ad so we can come onto one of
these and we can just hit the play
button sink into a deep
relaxation we can do a meditation a
sleep story or anything else that needs
a slow calming read so as you can see
this voice is quite deep and slow and
soft so when it comes to choosing a
voice for your voice over for your ads I
recommend to choose something that's a
little bit more upbeat and easier for
people to recognize so go for something
that's a little bit more generic so
let's have a look at the Stewart one for
example we will play this Here's To The
Crazy Ones The Misfits the Rebels the
troublemakers the round pegs in the
square holes the ones who see things
differently so I think this one sounds a
lot more appropriate when it comes to
creating a voice over so once you have
found a voice you like of course you can
go and search through all of these
different voices you see you've got
different categories over here narrative
story you've got social media
entertainment and TV you can go through
the trending voices you can change
accents and all of these different types
of things so you could go for a female
accent a male accent whatever one you
want to use once you have found it you
can simply click on ADD The Voice will
then be added to the voices that you can
use so if you click back to voices from
here you will see all of the voices that
you have added to your voice Library so
as you you can see I've got 30 slots
available I've only added 16 voices so
depending on what plan you are on with
your 11 lab subscription you will have a
number of slots that you can use you can
of course always go and remove one of
the voices from your voice library and
then add a different one if you want to
go and choose a different voice so once
you have chosen a voice that you want to
use for your video ad you can come over
to the text to speech tab what you are
going to do now is you are going to copy
your script and you are going going to
paste it in here so just make sure that
there aren't any spelling errors make
sure that there are spaces after the
full stops make sure that you've put
correct grammar so you've put correct
full stops you've put correct commas in
the right places and then over here you
can click on this drop down and you can
choose the accent that you want to use
so we'll going to find that Australian
accent that I just chose I believe it
was called Stewart so I just going to
scroll down and we can see Stewart here
so I'm going to choose this Australian
accent and then all you need to do is
click on generate speech and you can
hear what your voice over is going to
sound like have you heard of hydrogen
water if you're feeling sluggish and
tired throughout the day you'll want to
get more out of your water introducing
the nvo heal hydrogen bottle this
Innovative bottle infuses your water
with molecular hydrogen a powerful
antioxidant linked to increased energy
improved hydration and a stronger immune
system join sarak k and thousands of
others who love nvo heels hydrogen water
revive your day naturally get your nvo
heel bottle today with our limited 50%
off discount now if you don't like the
way it sounds you can simply click on
regenerate speech and they will go and
read it out in a slightly different way
don't worry if you're hearing some long
pauses after the full stops sometimes it
can take a little while for the voice
over to get going after a full stop so
if you do hear a long pause don't worry
you can EAS cut that out when we start
editing the video so once you are happy
with how your voice over sounds all you
then need to do is click on the download
button and this will be downloaded as an
MP3 file and then we can use that as the
voice over for our video ad so now that
you have created the voice over for your
video ad in the next part of the
tutorial I'm going to show you how to
start editing that video ad
so now that you have got the voice over
for your video ad in the next part of
the tutorial I'm going to show you how
to find footage that you can use in your
video ad and then we'll move on to
actually editing that footage along with
the voice over so we can create our
final video ad so now you've got your
voice over script and your footage for
your video ad creatives it's time to
edit it all together and create your
final video ad creative now if you're
not sure where to find good footage for
your video ad creatives check out the
timestamps in the description because I
show you how to do this step by step now
in order to start editing your video ad
creative we will be using a tool called
cap cut and this is an online software
video editing tool you can get started
for completely free but you are most
likely going to have to upgrade your
plan it does start at just $111 per
month so it is very affordable and I
think it's probably one of the easiest
Video Edit softwares out there when it
comes to editing video ad creatives they
make things super smooth and simple to
use so that's why we'll be using capcut
to create our video ad creatives because
you don't have to be an expert video
editor you can simply use capcut with
zero video editing skills and still
create a really great video ad creative
so I will leave a link in the
description to capcut and from here you
are going to click on try cap cut online
in the top right hand corner you will
then be pred to create a cap cut account
so you can decide how you want to sign
up I already have a cap cut account so
I'm just going to click on continue and
because I already have a cap cut account
I'm just going to click on sign in once
you create your cap cut account I want
you to click on go back to homepage so
we can start with a fresh canvas so
click on go back to homepage once you
are logged in to your cap cut account
and you click back to homepage you will
be brought back to your cap cut
dashboard from here we can click on
create new and we are going to go for a
9x 16 so these are usually the video ads
that you'll see on Instagram on Tik Tok
you can also go for 1 one but I prefer 9
by 16 so it depends on the footage that
you have downloaded most of the footage
will be 9 by6 so this is mobile view so
that's why we're going to create a
mobile view video ad so we are going to
click on 9x 16 you will now come to the
video editor timeline
and this is where we can actually start
creating our video ad creative in the
top corner here you will see 9 by6 so
just make sure that the ratio is correct
and now the first thing we are going to
do is drag our voice over that we
downloaded from 11 laps into cap cut so
you can simply click on upload or you
can navigate to it and simply just drag
it in like this now once you start
dragging in more footage and more
voiceovers you are going to have to
upgrade your C cut plan because you will
run out of space so like I say it does
start at just $11 per month it is very
affordable compared to a lot of video
editing softwares out there once you
have uploaded your voice over as you can
see I've got my 11 Labs voice over here
we are going to drag this onto our
timeline so just drop it onto the
timeline you will now see the voice over
in your timeline we are going to drag
our timeline player to the beginning of
our sequence and then we are just going
to drag our our voice over to the
beginning of the timeline you can then
simply hit play now if you notice over
here there's quite a long pause between
two sentences so I'm just going to play
that introducing the new so before he
says introducing there is a long pause
we can simply cut those pauses out very
easily you will see this split tool here
so what we can do is we can drag our
timeline player to just after the first
sentence ends so I'm just going to play
this until the first sentence ends more
out of your
water so as he says more out of your
water we are now just going to hit split
and then we are going to play it to the
beginning of the new sentence so I'm
going to hit play
again introdu and then he says
introducing so we're just going to drag
this just before he says introducing
introducing so we're just going to drag
this to about here
we can zoom into our timeline by
clicking zoom in and we can choose this
segment of our voice over and now we can
just drag it like this so now we've cut
out that big pause so now if we drag
these together we can simply hit play
again introducing the new and as you can
see one sentence ends and the next one
begins right away so now I am just going
to go and cut out any other pauses in my
voice over I have now zoomed out of the
timeline and as you can see I have made
a few cuts to remove any unnecessary
pauses in the voice over now what we are
going to do next is we are going to add
our captions so we are going to come
over to captions and we are going to
click on auto captions and we are going
to click on generate you can now see our
captions have been generated now what I
want you to do is I want you to go
through all of these and just make sure
the spelling and grammar is correct
so for example have you heard of
hydrogen water I'll come in here I going
to change this to a capital H and at the
end of the sentence I am going to put a
question mark next up where it says if
you're feeling again I will go and put a
capital I if you're feeling sluggish and
tired throughout the day you'll want to
get more out of your water and then we
are just going to come into introducing
and I'm going to put a capital I
introducing the novo hill now it's also
spelled my brand name incorrectly so I'm
going to come in here and I'm going to
make sure that it is spelled
correctly nvo Hill like this and then I
can simply copy this and I'm going to
replace it in any other areas where it
is spelled incorrectly for this part I
will go and change this to a capital T
this Innovative bottle infuses your
water with molecular hydrogen a powerful
antioxidant linked to increased energy
improved hydration and a stronger immune
system we can see next it says join SQ
well the original script is join Sarah
so we're going to change that to Sarah
join Sarah and thousands of others who
love Novo Hills again we're going to
change this to Novo Hills like this
hydrogen water and finally we will just
go and change this to a capital R revive
your day naturally get to your nvo Hill
again we will go and change this to the
correct spelling of the brand name get
your Novo Hill bottle today with our
this should be our with our limited 50%
discount and then what we're going to
want to do next is we're just going to
want to get rid of any gaps so make sure
that you drag this to the end of each
sentence so you're going to drag the
sentence so that there aren't any gaps
so we're just going to drag this make
sure you don't overd drag it so I've
just pressed contrl Z to not overd drag
it or contrl Zed like we say in the UK
so I'm just going to drag this
like this you can always zoom in to your
timeline to make sure that you are doing
this correctly so you can see there's a
small Gap here we're going to drag it
and that way there's always going to be
captions on the screen there's not going
to be any time where the caption isn't
on the screen don't drag it this way
don't drag it to the left because we
want the sentence to finish and then the
next sentence to start as it's being
said so make sure you drag it to the
right so now if we zoom
out we should see that there aren't any
gaps between any of our captions so I'm
just going to zoom in again and make
sure that there aren't any gaps between
any of these captions everything is
looking good so now we have our captions
you can go and edit your captions if you
want to so if you just go and click on a
caption you can click on where it says T
basic and then from here you can go and
edit the styling so if we come in here
you can go and edit the font you can go
and edit the colors and all of these
types of things so I'm just going to go
and edit the colors of each of these
captions so where it says fill I'm just
going to go and choose this yellow color
here so here we have this bright yellow
color then we can simply go and copy the
hex code for this from here so just copy
your hex code and then you can go to
each of your captions and you can go and
do the same you will also see styles so
you can go and edit the Styles if you
want to but I'm just going to go and
leave them as they are so I think they
look good like this just a simple yellow
like that so now we have our captions
the last thing we need to do I'm just
going to drag this caption to the
beginning of the timeline so now that we
have our captions the last thing that we
need to do is just go and add our
footage now when you're adding your
footage I recommend to add a new piece
of footage for every new sentence so you
can essentially use your captions to go
and add your footage so for example have
you heard of hydrogen water we can come
over to our media and you can start
uploading the media that you want to use
for your ad creative so again I
recommend to just have it in one folder
and you can simply start dragging it
into cap cut from here we can drag this
onto the timeline so we're just going to
drop this here and once you have
uploaded it then you can simply start
editing it so from here I am just going
to go and edit it like this so now we
can see we have the first part of our
video ad which is this girl with the
product saying have you heard of
hydrogen water for the second part of
the video I've said if you're feeling
sluggish and tired throughout the day
and I've got this video of this woman
looking super tired now you can go and
find this stock footage on websites like
pixels so if you go to pixels.com you
can search for copyright free stock
footage so I've just typed in tire woman
I could go and use this for example so
you can simply just go and download this
and then you can use this in your video
ad so I'm just going to go and drag this
onto the timeline and now with the stock
footage like this it might be a
different size so I'm just going to drag
it so that it is the same size as the
video and then I am just going to bring
it into the center like this so now
we've got this woman looking tired and
the caption says if you're feeling
sluggish and tired throughout the day so
now we can can just make sure that we've
got the right part where she's looking
super tired so we'll go from about here
so we can simply come into the footage
on the timeline and we are just going to
drag it like that and then we are just
going to finish it on this second
sentence so we will just drag it a
little bit like this to make sure that
it finishes on this second sentence so
we're just going to drag it like that
and like that so now if we go and hit
play have you heard of hydrogen water if
you're feeling sluggish and tired
throughout the day you'll want to now if
any of the footage that you're using has
audio you can simply go and remove the
audio by clicking on the mute button
here so now you will have muted all of
the footage in this timeline and you're
simply only using the audio from your
voice over now I'm just going to drag
this here so we only have one sequence
of audio sometimes when you're using cap
cut things can come out of place so
we're just going to drag this back up
here so we only have one piece of audio
and it's as simple as that now all I
need to do is simply start adding
footage for every new sentence until I
have my video ad creative so next up we
can drag this piece of footage in and
for the next part of the voice over it
says introducing the nvo hill hydrogen
bottle so I can simply go and have this
long piece of content here and I'm just
going to cut it just around
here so now it's like that so now we've
got a few different pieces of footage
for every single sentence and I just
going to do the same for these last few
captions and now I am going to go to the
second part of this footage which starts
here I will go and cut this just around
here and now I am just going to drag
this to where it says join Sarah now
just make sure that you are adding
relevant pieces of footage so that they
match your voice over so for example
this part of the voiceover says join
Sarah and thousands of others so I'm
going to want to go and show somebody
called Sarah using the actual product so
I am going to use this piece of video
here where the girl is actually using
the product so I'm just going to drag
this like this so now when it comes to
say join Sarah and thousands of others
who love nvo Hills hydrogen water bottle
it actually shows the girl so that way
the voice over is matching the footage
that is on the screen so now we're just
going to drag this down here and then
finally I have a piece of footage of
myself with the actual product that I
filmed so I'm going to use that for the
end of the video so I'm just going to
drag this in here and this footage is
going to be used for the end of the
video where it says 50% discount so now
I can simply come to the end of this
footage and just drag it so that it
matches to the final caption
so now you've basically got your video
ad creative if we just zoom out of the
timeline we can see we have our video ad
creative now of course you can play
around with the captions again so if you
come into basic you can go and change
the styling of your captions of course
you can go and play around with them and
use a bit of trial and error and choose
something that you like but I recommend
to keep it quite simple when it comes to
your video ad creatives just make sure
that your captions are easy to read the
next thing you're going to want to do is
add some music so you can come over to
audio and in here you can add some music
to your video ad now I recommend to add
some music that just flows well with
your video ad don't add anything too
crazy or too outlandish so usually pop
music works quite well so if we just go
and preview this hope City
[Music]
audio so I'm not really a big fan of
this so I'm going to come into pop and
from here I am just going to click
through some of these until I find one
that I think goes well with the video so
I think this one sounds cool summer deep
blue sky so if we just preview
[Music]
this you can see it's a very simple
audio track don't use audio tracks that
have lyrics because they're going to
distract the audience from the actual
voice over once you find some audio you
want to use you can click on this plus
button to add it to the timeline just
make sure that you drag it to the
beginning of the timeline so that it
starts with the rest of the video ad and
then we are going to come to the end of
the audio so this is quite a long song
and we are simply going to drag this all
the way to the end of the video ad so
let's just go and zoom out so we can do
this much easier so we're just going to
drag this all the way to the end of the
video at now you are going to want to
reduce the sound of your music so click
on your music track click where it says
basic here and you can reduce the volume
so I recommend to reduce it by about 35
DB so we're going to choose 35 you can
of course go and play your video ad to
see how it sounds so we're just going to
play this have you heard of hydrogen
water if you're feeling sluggish and
tired throughout the day you'll want to
get more out of your water so as you can
hear the music isn't too loud you can
still clearly hear hear the voice over
you can also go and add a fade
transition to your music so it doesn't
end abruptly so I'm just going to add a
fade transition we're just going to
allow it to fade out towards the last
couple of seconds so we're just going to
go and choose 2 seconds for the music to
fade out now of course the other thing
to remember is make sure that your shots
do look correct so you can see that you
can't really see the girl falling asleep
here so I'm just going to go and drag
this like this
so that you can properly see her tired
and falling asleep as a matter of fact
we could even drag it a little bit more
this way so now when we are watching
through the video ad we can clearly see
her tired and falling asleep so that it
is relevant to the actual voice over and
now if we just go to the end we can go
and hear our music Fade Out % off
discount and as you can see that is our
total video ad it's looking really good
we have our captions we have all of our
footage we have our voice over and we
have our music so now your video ad
creative is completely done just do one
final check so as you can see here it is
being cut off at the top so I just going
to drag it so make sure no footage is
being cut off there aren't any black
lines or anything around your video ad
and once it is ready to go all you need
to do is click on export once you have
clicked on that click on download and
then you can simply click on export
again cap cut will export your video so
just give this a few moments and then
you can simply click on download to
download the final MP4 video and use
that as your video ad creative one last
recommendation when it comes to getting
ad creatives for your products is to use
viral Ecom ads so they're essentially a
service that will go and create ads for
you so if you are struggling to find
footage for your product to create your
ad creatives you can always try viral
Ecom ads I have used them in the past
for many different stores and they do
have good quality video ads that you can
use as well as image ads and as I say if
you are struggling to find footage for
your product these guys have been
creating ads for years so they do have a
lot more experience in finding footage
for your ad creatives and they do have
some very affordable packages so if we
just go over to video ads and I click on
the video ad packages you can see that
they have the meta split testing ad
package for $60 so you basically get
four variations of your product for $60
you can also see that they have a single
meta add package for $40 and a Tik Tok
split testing package where you get
three different variations of ads for
your product for $50 if you want to try
out Tik Tok ads so all you need to do is
just click on their ad package you can
choose the quantity of ads that you want
you can choose if you want to resize the
videos you can also go and choose the
voiceovers and then you simply just need
to purchase the package once you
purchase the package they will send you
a submission form and that is where you
can go and add the link to the product
that you want to sell and I do also
recommend sending them an outline of
your script structure for your product
so that they have a basic idea of the ad
that you're looking for you can also
send them examples of ads that you want
to recreate so if you find an ad on the
meta ads library or on Mania or on Tik
Tok of your product you can also say can
you recreate this ad for me in a similar
style or a similar format so that way
you know you are getting ads that have
already performed because you're
recreating them based on ads that have
already performed you can also go and
ask for revisions and the ads are
delivered within one to 3 days so it's a
pretty quick turnaround so at the end of
this lesson I will just show you a few
examples of video ads that have been
created for me by viral Ecom ads and as
I say if you are struggling to find
footage for your products I recommend to
check these guys out and if you do use
the link in the lesson notes I have a
partnership with viral Ecom ads that
will allow you to get 15% off of your ad
creatives so they'll be even cheaper
than the price you see here so that is
just another thing to consider if you
are struggling to get ad creatives for
your products feeling stressed and
anxious the hydrogen water bottle is
here to help in just a week you'll feel
your stress melt away as your body
relaxes just Add Water water press the
button and sip your way to calmness
lightweight and easy to carry get yours
today and find your peace struggling
with focus and brain fog the hydrogen
water bottle is here to help clear your
mind and improve focus with hydrogen
infused water simply fill it up Press
Start and enjoy a refreshing drink it's
Compact and convenient design makes it
ideal for students and professionals on
the go sharpen your FOC focus and think
clearer every day Limited stock
available so don't miss out get yours
today and boost your brain
power I hope you're enjoying the
tutorial so far now before we move on I
do just want to mention my private Drop
Shipping Community Dropship Discovery if
you join my private Community you can
work with me personally and I will help
you to scale your drop shipping stores
you'll get access to me via a private
oneon-one chat where you can ask me any
question you have regarding building and
scaling your stores I run weekly Q&A
live calls so you've got support every
step of the way and you also get access
to the slack group with all of my
private community members allowing you
to be part of a group of individuals all
working towards a similar goal of
growing their dropshipping business just
like I've done with my student Pedro who
has managed to scale his stores to
consistent and profitable $500 days my
name is PED Sierra I've been in
e-commerce for about a year now and like
most people starting out I didn't want
to pay for courses or mentorship because
I thought I could teach myself
everything on YouTube I was able to get
some sales but I wasn't profitable and I
couldn't scale anything to the point I'm
doing right now using Elliot
strategies and this is about a month
since joining Elliott's drop ship
Discovery group almost 18,000 in sales
about 5 or 6,000 profit on this and
expect more going into the fourth
quarter OT just doesn't give you advice
and leave he works with you directly to
optimize your store your landing page
connected with private suppliers to
lower your cost of goods and shipping
you get weekly meetings modules that are
perfect for beginners real Hands-On
support and it's not just another
payment it's an investment so anyone
who's serious about this should join his
group because this is possible for
anyone so if you're interested in
working with me oneon-one to scale your
drop shipping stores check out the link
in the description to my private
Community Dropship Discovery and now
let's move on to the next part part of
the
tutorial in this module I'm going to be
showing you how to set up your first
meta ads campaign so make sure that you
follow through all of the lessons
thoroughly and you do complete the
actions after every lesson so you can
get your first ads campaign set up
correctly so let's get straight into the
lessons in this module I'm going to be
showing you how to set up meta ads now
meta is the overall platform but you
will be running the ads on on Facebook
and Instagram so essentially meta owns
Facebook and Instagram so just think of
it as you will be running Facebook and
Instagram ads but through the meta
platform so in order to run these ads
you do need to create a Facebook page
for your store and in order to do this
you can just log into your personal
Facebook account once you are logged in
you can click on this menu here and you
are going to click on create page you
can then create your Facebook page so
the first thing you are going to do is
choose a name so just choose the same
name as your store you can then choose a
category so just choose the category
that is related to the niche of your
store so in my instance I have just put
health and wellness website and then you
can just put in a small bio so I've just
said we sell products to help you
optimize your health then you can click
on create page you can then enter in the
URL of your website and entering your
professional email address don't worry
about a phone number and a physical
address location and you can just choose
always open for the hours and click on
next you can then add a profile picture
so in order to create a profile picture
you can just use canva 1080x 1080 pixels
and just drag your logo into the center
we are just going to click on Add
profile picture and I'm just going to
choose that image and hit open and you
can also go and add a cover photo again
you can just do this on canva so just
type in Facebook cover and you will see
a Facebook cover here and then you can
just go and create a simple Facebook
cover like I have done here so again we
will just go and click on ADD cover
photo and I'm just going to choose that
cover photo and hit open once you have
uploaded your cover image you can click
on next don't worry about connecting a
WhatsApp so just click on Skip and don't
worry about inviting your friends to
connect with your page just click on
next you can leave the notifications on
if you want to and then just click on
done it will will then say welcome to
your new page so just click on not now
and now you have created your Facebook
page in the next lesson we will create
an Instagram account for your store in
order to create an Instagram account for
your store just head over to
instagram.com and click on create new
account you can then enter in your email
address or your phone number enter in
your name choose the username that you
want to use and then choose a password
and click on next you can then enter in
your date of birth and click on next
you'll then be sent a confirmation code
so just enter that code in and click on
confirm you'll then be brought over to
your Instagram profile so you can just
click on profile and you can upload your
logo as your profile photo so just click
on your profile click on upload photo
you can choose your logo and click on
open you can then go and edit your
profile so click on edit profile you can
enter in a bio and if you do want to add
your website to your profile you will
need to log Instagram on your mobile and
you can go and edit your profile on the
mobile app once you have done this you
can click on submit if you do want to
edit these personal details you can
click on personal details under the
accounts Center you can click on your
Instagram account and where it says name
we can go and edit this so I'm just
going to change this to nvo Hill and
click on done and we can close the
account Center you can then go and
follow some other Instagram accounts
that are in your Niche so you can come
over to search and you can go and type
in some Instagram accounts that are
related to your Niche so I'm just going
to click on this and I am just going to
follow this account you can then go and
see who they're following and you can go
and follow some of these accounts as
well once you have followed some of
these accounts you can come back to your
profile and you can go and upload some
photos to your Instagram account so
click on share your first photo you can
select an image that you want to share
and click on open you you can click on
next you can add a filter if you want to
and click on next you can add a caption
and click on share it will then say the
post has been shared so you can close
this and then you will see that your
post has been shared I recommend to
share around 5 to 10 posts just so you
have some content on your Instagram page
once you have created these posts you
are now ready to connect your Facebook
page and your Instagram account to your
Shopify store so that is what we'll do
in the next lesson in order to connect
your Facebook page and your Instagram
account to your Shopify store you can
come to apps and click on app and sales
channel settings then click on Shopify
app store and then just type in meta and
you will see Facebook and Instagram so
just click on this app this is a
completely free app so you can click on
install and click on install again it
will then say accept cookies so click on
accept all and then click on get started
click on connect account and then log
into your Facebook account and click on
continue and then click on continue
again you can then choose your Facebook
page and click on connect you will then
be prompted to connect a business
portfolio so this is basically a
Facebook ads manager account so you will
need to create a new one so it should
say something here like create new but I
already have one so I'm just going to
click on select so once you have created
that business portfolio you can click on
connect it will then ask you to choose
your preference when collecting data so
choose maximum and click on save you
will then be prompted to connect a pixel
to track customer Behavior so click on
create new and then click on confirm you
can then agree to the terms and
conditions and click on submit for
review this review will take a few
moments so just leave this page for a
little while it will then say you're
ready to start selling on Facebook sales
channels so just click on done once you
have done this I want you to head over
to Google and type in meta bus suite and
click on the first link it will then say
metab business suite and you can log to
The Meta bus Suite using your Facebook
account and then click on get started
from here just make sure that you have
chosen the Facebook page of your store
and then you can click on connect
Instagram and then click on connect
click on continue and then you can log
into the Instagram account that we
created earlier so just click on login
you can then choose business and click
on next click on next you can choose
product or service and click on done you
can enter in your contact information
and click on Save and then click on done
and then you can click on continue it
will then say Instagram account
connected so click on done once you have
connected your Instagram account head
back to Shopify come into the Facebook
and Instagram app and click on settings
and then you can scroll down and you
will see connect additional Facebook
pages or Instagram accounts so click on
connect and then choose the Instagram
account that you just connected to your
meta business Suite so click on connect
so now we have connected our Facebook
page and our Instagram account to our
Shopify store as well as our Facebook
pixel and our meta business manager so
in the next lesson I'll show you how to
set up your very first ads campaign now
before you create any AD campaigns the
first thing I want you to do is make
sure that your Facebook pixel is set up
correctly so just head over to Google
and type in meta business suite and
click on the first link and then just
click on get started and from your meta
business Suite go to all tools and click
on settings you are then going to scroll
down to data sources and click on pixels
from here you should see the pixel that
you created earlier when we were
connecting Facebook and Instagram to our
Shopify store so click on this pixel and
you can click on open in events manager
now you can rename this pixel if you
want to so I have just named this pixel
nvo Hill Shopify store so if you click
on this pencil icon you can just rename
the pixel if you want to next up we are
going to go to settings and you are
going to click on share with an ad
account so just click on this from here
you are going to click on assign people
you are going to tick on view pixels and
manage pixels and then just click on
select all and click on assign it will
then say people added so just click on
done once you have assigned people next
up you are going to click on assign
assets and then you are going to choose
your ad account and click on ADD it will
then say assets added so click on done
once you have assigned the people and
the assets you can now check if your
pixel is available when you create a
campaign so we can come over to all
tools and click on ads manager now don't
worry we're not actually going to create
a campaign just yet we just want to test
if our pixel is available once we create
a campaign so we are going to click on
create choose sales and click on
continue choose manual sales campaign
and click on continue scroll down to
where it says use catalog just turn this
off and click on next and then you can
scroll down and you should see pixel
click on this and you should see the the
pixel for your store if this is
available that means your pixel has been
set up correctly and you can move on to
the next lesson so what we are going to
do now is we are just going to close
this you can click on close you can
click on campaigns just select this
campaign that we just created and we are
just going to delete this for now and
click on delete and in the next lesson I
am going to show you how to set up your
payments correctly before we actually
create a campaign before you set up any
AD campaigns you want to make sure that
your billing has been set up so you can
pay for your advertising and your
account doesn't get restricted so in
order to set up your billing just come
to settings from The Meta business suite
and scroll down to Billings and payments
on the left hand side you will see
payment methods and under Add accounts
click on select account and choose your
add account from here you can click on
ADD payment method and then you can
simply connect a debit or credit card or
your PayPal account to your ads account
so I'm just going to close this once you
have done that you can come to accounts
and you will see your ad account with
your payment method you can click on
these three dots and click on view
details you want to go and change your
payment threshold to your daily budget
so my current daily budget is £40 so I'm
going to come in here and just change
this to £40 so once you have spent the
amount you enter in here on ads it will
be taken out of your account so you can
click on Save and then you can click on
done and the reason that I recommend to
set your payment threshold quite low in
the beginning is because you will have a
daily spending limit which most likely
will be set by meta and it will be quite
low and if you are keeping up to date
with your payments for your ads they
will increase your spending limit
slightly quicker from my experience so
this is a brand new account so I just
want to show you how it works when you
are spending from a brand new account so
you will have this daily spending limit
but the more you spend on ads this limit
will go up slowly slowly so if we just
come into one of my other ads accounts
so if I come into this one and you can
see for this ads account that my daily
spending limit is
$75,000 Australian dollar so that's a
really high daily spending limit and
that is because I have spent regularly
on this ads account I have never missed
payments I've kept up toate with my
payments so if you do this regularly
eventually meta will up your daily
spending limit and it's really important
that your daily spending limit is
increased because when you actually
start to scale your ads you will need to
have a high daily spending limit
threshold so just make sure that you
have a valid payment method on your ads
account make sure that the money in that
account doesn't get too low so that you
don't miss payments or you don't have
enough in that account to pay for your
ads and make sure that you are paying
for your ads regularly and that way
eventually as you continue to spend on
ads your daily spending limit will be
increased by meta and when it comes to
scaling you will have enough daily
spending limit to actually scale your
ads so now that you have everything set
up you are ready to start creating your
first meta ads campaign but I do just
want to go over a few things before we
actually get into the Practical
step-by-step lessons of setting up a
meta ads campaign so in this lesson I do
want to cover the meta ads structure
because this is going to make things
slightly easier for you when you go to
create your first campaign so with meta
ads they are structured in this manner
you have the campaign then you have the
ad set then you have the ad so if I head
over to the meta ads manager as you can
see you have the campaign you have the
adets and then you have the ads so the
campaign is basically what you want to
achieve in our instance we are in
e-commerce Drop Shipping store so we
will want to achieve sales but there are
other campaign objectives like brand
awareness but as I say as a Drop
Shipping / eCommerce store you'll always
want to achieve sales or purchases so
don't worry too much about that when we
go to create the campaign we are just
going to Simply choose sales as our
campaign objective next up you have the
ad set so if we come back into the meta
ads manager I can click onto the adset
as you can see I've got loads of
different adsets here for the store that
I showed you in the case study and the
adset is basically who do you want to
Target so this is where you can choose
the country that you want to Target the
ages the demographics you can also
choose interests so this is where you
can add interest targeting so you can
choose interests like dogs or hiking
there are literally thousands of
different interests that you can Target
on Facebook so just think of the adset
as who you want to Target and then
finally you have the ad so if we
actually come into the ads section of
the meta ads structure you can see this
is where you actually create your ad
creatives so this is going to be the
video or image that you use and the
sales copy so the text that you use for
your ad and that's basically for The
Meta ads structure you have the campaign
what do you want to achieve you have the
adset who do you want to Target and you
have the ad the actual video and text
that you are going to use and meta ads
is very simple when you break it down
this way so don't get too confused conf
used don't be too overwhelmed meta ads
is a very simple platform in this lesson
I want to talk about campaign budget
optimization versus adset budget
optimization so in the last lesson we
went over the meta ads structure so you
do have the campaign and you do have the
adsets now in terms of the budget
allocation you can choose to allocate
the budget at the campaign level or at
the adset level again don't let this
overwhelm you once I explain it you will
see how simple it is so if we do just
come into my meta ads manager we will
come back to the campaigns and I am just
going to scroll across and we will just
go and filter this by the results so
basically we're having a look at which
adset got the most website purchases so
now if we scroll across you can see that
a lot of these say using adset bid
strategy and that is what is known as
adset budget optimization okay okay
so basically as I've mentioned with meta
you can allocate the budget at the
campaign level or at the adset level now
basically what this means is if you
allocate the budget at the campaign
level so you can see these two campaigns
here the budget has been allocated at
the campaign level so when I click on
campaigns you can see these two
campaigns and I have set both of these
campaigns to $20 per day now when you
allocate the budget the campaign level
you're basically giving meta the power
and the freedom to spend the budget as
it sees best fit so if I actually choose
this campaign let me tick this campaign
as you can see right now it's set to $20
per day but it did get much higher than
this but if I actually come into the
adsets there are two adsets in this
campaign but because I have allocated
the budget at a campaign level so if I
set this to $20 per day basically meta
will go and spend the budget on
whichever adset it thinks is performing
better so that is why when you choose a
CBO campaign budget optimization you are
giving meta the power and the freedom to
go and spend the budget where it thinks
it will get the most sales so you're
basically giving meta the control to
actually go and spend your budget for
you that's not a bad thing meta is very
Advanced it has really great AI systems
that can work out where to find the
customers for you and which adsets and
ads the budget should be allocated
towards so don't worry about giving meta
the freedom and the power because that's
actually what it has been created for it
is a very Advanced tool it tries to make
things very simple for advertisers so
when you go and set the budget at the
campaign level known as cbbo you are
basically just giving meta the freedom
to go and allocate the budget where it
sees best fit for the adsets and for the
ads so you can see in this particular
campaign I have two adsets one was
targeting the games interest and one was
targeting the college interest so now
I'm basically allowing meta to decide
which one it will spend more money on
and it does that based on the
performance so it will see which adet is
getting the most purchases which one is
getting the cheapest cost per click the
cheapest cpms and it will basically
allocate the budget towards that adset
and it does the same with the ad
creatives as as well so if one
particular video is performing better
people view it for longer people engage
with it by liking it and sharing it then
meta will go and allocate more of your
budget towards that so in this instance
if we set it to $20 per day it might
give $15 to one adset that's performing
better and only $5 to the other adset
because it isn't performing as well so
like I say with CBO you're basically
just giving meta the power that's the
best way to think of it with CBO you are
giving meta the control now with adset
budget optimization known as you're
giving your self the control so if we go
back to the meta ads manager I can go
and choose one of the other AD campaigns
so let's choose this campaign here which
performed really well and as you can see
it says using adset budget so in the
actual campaign I haven't allocated any
budget if we go into the adsets you can
see I've got loads of different adsets
in here and I'm allocating the budget
myself so you can see this top one that
got the most website purchases has the
highest budget you can see this one that
has the second highest amount of
purchases has a slightly lower budget
and then this adset here has an even
lower budget so I'm actually allocating
the budget myself based on how each
adset performs now both of these do work
CBO campaigns and campaigns do work
but we are going to start out with with
a cbbo where we give meta the power and
that's because it's easier when you're
first testing products to just allow
meta to do its thing let it use its AI
to figure out where your customers are
and who your best customers are and who
to show your ads to once you actually
start getting regular sales and you'll
start turning a profit and you want to
scale then you can go and test out AOS
and the reason people use abos is
because it gives you more freedom to go
and test out different things so as you
can see for this particular campaign
there are loads of different adsets in
here so if I was to leave this on a CBO
where I go and simply just set the
budget at a campaign level and allow
meta to allocate the budget because
there's so many different adsets some of
them might not actually get any
attention and they might not get enough
spend to see if they actually work so
once you start testing out new things
and you're trying to scale a product and
you're testing out lots of different
adsets that's when you'll want to use
where you allocate the budget
yourself instead of allowing meta to do
it because you want to give each adet
enough budget to actually test it
properly and allow it to see if it will
actually work whereas with CBO sometimes
a particular adset or a particular ad
creative can completely monopolize the
campaign so what you'll notice is when
you create a CBO sometimes meta will
just go and allocate all of the budget
to one ad set or one ad creative and all
of the others don't really get a fair
chance to see if they actually work so
you don't really get to test them out
properly however when you just are first
testing a product which we will be doing
for your first campaign and when you are
creating a first campaign for any
product and you're just testing out CBO
works just fine CU all we're just doing
is seeing if we can get some initial
sales and interest in the product and
seeing if we can break even or make a
tiny bit of profit before scaling that
product up so this is kind of high level
don't stress too much about it if you
are finding this slightly complicated
don't worry too much about it for now I
did just want to go and touch on this
before you created your first campaigns
so you are aware of CBO versus we
will be starting with a CBO so we'll be
starting with campaign budget
optimization where we are giving meta
the power to allocate the budget to the
adsets and to the ads itself where it
sees best fit as I say don't let this
overwhelm you it isn't too important at
this moment but but I did just want to
make sure that you were aware of it
before we created the first campaign in
this lesson I do want to cover broad
targeting versus interest targeting so
as I mentioned when you are creating
your adset you are choosing who you will
Target now when it comes to Broad
targeting you're basically leaving
everything as the default and you're
just choosing the country that you want
to Target this means that you have a
really large audience but this is a
really great way to test products
because meta has so much data and its AI
is so powerful that it can actually find
customers for you based on all of the
data that it has collected over the
years from its users so you don't really
need to put specific targeting in like a
specific age group or a specific gender
or a specific interest because meta can
do all of the hard work for you with all
of the data that it has and its Advanced
AI now when it comes to interest
targeting this is where you can choose a
specific interest interest to narrow
your audience Down based on the category
or the niche of the product so I will
just give you an example if we come into
my ads if I come back over to the
campaigns I can show you an example so
let me just go and choose this
conversion campaign here and if we come
into the adsets I had two interest
targeting campaigns so if we just go and
click on edit on this games adset and
this is an example of an interest
targeting campaign so if I just go and
click on this I can now scroll down and
I can show you that I was targeting
these interests here so people that were
interested in games board games or card
games and I excluded the Drop Shipping
interest because I didn't want drop
shippers to see my store so under
detailed targeting is where you can go
and choose interests that are related to
the category or niche of your product
not all products will have have relevant
interests however you can easily go and
just use a bit of trial and error so
like I say I just typed in games board
games or card games so there are loads
of different interests that you can
potentially Target now in terms of a
broad campaign if we come back to
campaigns and I'm just going to untick
this campaign and I will tick this
campaign here if I come into the adsets
here you can see no interest ad so if I
click on edit on this one you can see
that this is a complet completely broad
campaign so if I just scroll down you
can see in terms of the targeting
everything is left as the same the age
is the same the genders is the default I
haven't chosen any interests all I've
done is just choose the location so
that's essentially how broad versus
interest targeting works as you can see
they both worked fairly well so if we go
back to campaigns you can see the
campaign that got the most website
purchases was a broad campaign but you
can also see these two conversion
campaigns here that did use interest
targeting got a fairly decent amount of
website purchases as well so just over
2,100 purchases these of course got
14,000 way more but you can test Broad
and interest targeting for your products
just to see which one works we are going
to start with broad because as I say
meta has so much data and its AI is so
Advanced that it's easier to just start
with a board campaign campaign and see
if it can find customers for you but you
can always go and test some interest
targeting campaigns later on when you're
trying to scale or you are trying to
find new customers for your product
again don't worry don't be overwhelmed
by all of this information just remember
we are going to start with a broad
campaign where we're simply just
choosing the location adding out ad
creatives and letting meta do the hard
work for us in this final lesson before
we actually start setting up your first
camp cign I do just want to cover the
most important metrics that you'll want
to keep an eye out for now don't worry
once you actually start running your
first campaign I'll show you how to look
at the metrics in more detail but I just
want you to keep these three metrics in
mind because these are really the most
important ones you have cpms otherwise
known as cost per Millie or cost per
1,000 Impressions and this is basically
how much it costs for your ad to be seen
by 1,000 people now ideally you will
want this to be under $40 if it's any
higher than that then it is going to be
hard for you to make a profit so if we
come into my meta ads manager and I just
scroll across on my campaigns you can
see that my cpms are very cheap $12 $2
$10 14 13 so all quite low this one even
$24 which is probably the highest one is
still relatively cheap now a lot of
these campaigns were started some years
ago So Meta has has got slightly more
expensive and that is why I recommend
that you want to look for just under $40
$30 of course if you can get it cheaper
than that then that's going to be even
better but you really want to be under
$40 $40 at a maximum if you're seeing
cpms like $80 $100 $50 $60 it is going
to be hard for you to make a profit
because your ad isn't getting shown to
enough people for you to get enough
traffic for you to get enough sales
because the more it costs for you to
show your ad to people the more you're
going to pay for somebody to actually
click through to your website and that
means it's going to be harder to get
more purchases for a cheaper price so
like I say just bear in mind with cpms
you want to keep them under $40 next up
you have cost per click CPC you want to
keep this under $1 so if we head back to
my meta ads manager you can see my cpc's
63 cents 23 cents 52 Cent 62 48 47 this
one was slightly expensive but most of
them are under $1 so if you notice that
your cpcs are under $1 then you've got a
much higher chance of making a profit
with your product so bear those both in
mind so far if your cpms are under $40
and your cost per clicks are under a
dollar then you have a much higher
chance of making a profit with your
product and then last but not not least
is the cost per purchase and this is the
most important metric it doesn't matter
what other people say this is the most
important metric trick because this is
how much it actually costs you to
acquire a customer so if we come back
into my meta ads manager you can see my
cost per result otherwise known as cost
per purchase and as you can see $253
$22.77 $129
$10.56 now the way you can work out what
your cost per purchase is all you need
to do is find your sales price minus off
off your cost of goods and this is going
to be your break even cost per purchase
so if we come back in here if I'm
selling my product for $50 and it cost
me $20 to fulfill then that means I've
got a $30 margin and then if my cost per
purchase is $15 then that means I make
$15 profit my margin is $30 it cost me
$15 to acquire a customer my cost per
purchase and then I've got $15 which is
the actual profit at the end of
everything so all you need to do is have
a look at your sale price if you're
selling it like I say for example for
$50 have a look at how much it costs you
to fulfill if it cost you $20 to fulfill
you have $30 margin so you want to keep
your cost per result otherwise known as
cost per purchase under $30 and that is
how you are going to make a profit and
the reason that I say that this is the
most important metric because at the end
of the day with dropshipping the most
important thing is are you making a
profit so if your cost per purchase is
looking cheap then you can continue to
increase your ad budget and scale it and
if you can keep your cost per purchase
below your actual margin you'll always
make a profit so those are the most
important metrics to look at and I did
just want to cover all of this before
you created your first campaign so that
you have the basic information that you
need before creating your first meta ads
campaign again don't let this
information overwhelm you we will be
looking in more detail at the metrics in
the later lessons but I wanted to just
make sure that you were aware of this
before you created your first campaign
so now that we've gone over all of this
in the next lessons we can finally start
setting up your first test campaign for
your first product so you can finally
start creating your first campaign in
order to test your first product from
your store so from your meta business
Suite come to all tools and you are
going to click on ads manager from the
ads manager under campaigns you are
going to click on create you are going
to choose sales and click on continue
you are going to choose manual sales
campaign and click on continue for the
campaign name you are just going to name
this after the product that you will be
testing so I've just called this
hydrogen water bottle then we can scroll
down where it says use catalog you can
just turn this off and then you can
scroll down leave AB testing off and
then you will see Advantage campaign
budget you are going to turn this on so
this refers back to the earlier lesson
where I walked you through CBO versus
by turning this on you are creating
a CBO campaign campaign budget
optimization if you leave this off you
will be on an campaign where you can
allocate the budgets to the adsets
yourself now initially it doesn't really
matter too much because we're only going
to have one adset anyway so we will be
deciding to allocate the budget at a
campaign level or at an adset level but
either way because we only have one
adset it's not too important right now
but when you get to the scaling lessons
it will be slightly more important to
choose CBO versus but for now we are
going to turn this on and choose a CBO
and for your daily budget you are just
going to set your daily budget to the
same amount that you're selling your
product for so if I just come over to my
product I am selling this for 40 so I'm
going to set my daily budget to £40 so
if you're selling your product for $50
then you can set your daily budget to
$50 of course mine is in pound so just
do it in the equivalent to the currency
that you are using so I will just go and
set this to A40 daily budget so you're
going to do the same if you're selling
your product for $50 you are just going
to set your daily budget to $50 if
you're selling your product for $60 set
your daily budget to $60 and then you
can simply just leave everything else as
the default and click click on next for
the adset name you can just name it
after the country that you will be
targeting and because it's going to be a
broad adset we are just going to call it
broad again this refers back to one of
the earlier lessons where I mentioned
broad targeting versus interest
targeting so I'm going to be targeting
the UK and I just going to be leaving
everything else as the default so we're
going to go UK broad so now I am just
going to scroll down we will leave the
performance goal as maximize number of
conversion
and then you can choose your pixel so
click on pixel and choose the pixel for
your store and then you will see
conversion event just make sure that you
have chosen purchase conversion and then
we can scroll down to where it says
budget and schedule now I am just going
to set my ads to start at midnight the
next day so I am just going to choose
the next day and I'm just going to come
in here and choose midnight so we are
just going to choose that we won't set
an end date because we are going to
monitor our ads ourselves and we can
decide whether we are going to shut the
ads off based on the product's
performance and I'll be showing you in
the next lessons how to read your
metrics and decide whether you should
turn your ads off and move on to a new
product or continue running your ads and
trying to scale your ads so for now just
leave the end date then we can scroll
all the way down and this is where you
can choose your locations so if you
click on more you can come into here and
you can click on edit and you can simply
search for a location and choose this so
if I wanted to run my ads to the United
States I can simply come in here and
type in United States and I can simply
choose the United States and then I can
of course just delete the United Kingdom
by clicking this x button now I'm just
going to run my ads to the UK so I'm
just going to get rid of the US for now
you will see your estimated audience SI
as well so this is quite a large
audience and meta will tell you whether
your audience is Broad or too small so
now we can simply continue to scroll
down we are going to leave everything
else as it is because as I mentioned we
are going to be running a broad campaign
so now we can scroll down again and
where it says placements we are just
going to leave this as the default so
now we can click on next now we are
going to set up our ad creatives that we
created in the last module so have your
ad creative videos ready and we are
going to add these to our first campaign
now you can just give your ad creatives
a name so I just like to name them so it
can remind me of which ad I'm using so
firstly I'm going to say video ad one my
edit so that's going to be the video ad
that I edited myself and then I am going
to use four ad creatives from viral Ecom
ads so I would just name Those ads viral
Ecom ads video One viral e ads video 2
and I have saved them on my laptop as
the same name so that way I can easily
check which ad is performing the best so
this is going to be my first ad creative
video ad one my edit then we can choose
our Facebook page so we can come in here
and choose the Facebook page that we
created in the earlier lessons and then
we can go and choose our Instagram
account so you can go and choose the
Instagram account that you created as
well now we can scroll down and it's
going to say create ad so we want to go
for a manual upload and we want to go
for a single image or video so we can
just go and toggle on ADD preview and we
are going to click on ADD media and then
you will see add media here we are going
to click on ADD video you can click on
upload and you can choose the ad
creative that you want to use and click
on open the video may take a little
while to upload so just give this a few
moments and once the video has finished
uploading you can just click click on
next you shouldn't need to trim your
video as we've already edited it so we
can just click on next you can of course
crop your videos to see how they'll look
on different devices so if we just go
and crop these videos we can see how
they're going to look on different
devices so just make sure that you've
edited your videos so that they don't
get completely cropped of course if some
important information is getting cropped
out then you can simply just revert back
to the original like this that's totally
fine and and I'm going to do the same
here because some of the captions are
getting cropped out however you can of
course go and play these as well so if
your captions or an important part of
your video is being cropped out you can
always just revert back to the original
size of the video now we are just going
to click on next you can leave the
optimizations on and click on done you
will then see previews of your ad on the
right hand side next up we are going to
write the primary text now when it comes
to writing the primary text you can just
go and have a look at some of your
competitor ads and you can try and use
some of their copy and rewrite it
slightly so I've just gone and opened up
some of the competitor ads here as you
can see here's one here's another one
here's another one and here is one more
but the one I really like is this one
here so I am just going to copy this and
I'm actually just going to rewrite this
slightly for my own primary text so I'm
just going to paste this in here and I
have just gone and edited this text so I
have added in some emojis I have said
hydrogen water fuels the body and mind
and down the bottom I have just added
shop now to enjoy up to 50% off the
original was 45% off for your headline
you can just put in get yours today with
this little finger emoji and for your
description I've just put 50% off sale
now on and that is because I do have
this 50 % discount on my store so you
can just go and add in whichever
discount you are using for your
particular product so once you have gone
and you have written all of your copy we
can simply scroll down for the call to
action we are just going to change this
to shop now so we are just going to
scroll down and choose shop now and now
we can scroll down further we can leave
everything else as the default for our
website URL we are going to want to put
in the UR L of our product page so just
go and get your product page URL from
Shopify so you can just head over to
Shopify click on your IE icon click over
to your product page and you can simply
copy this and then we are simply just
going to paste this in here don't worry
about the display link so we can simply
scroll past all of this and now we will
see website tracking now the website
events should already be set up because
we connected our pixel to our Shopify
store when we connected Facebook and
Instagram to our Shopify store in the
earlier lessons using the Facebook and
Instagram sales channel app on Shopify
so you are just simply going to choose
website events and then you are going to
go to the dropdown and just select your
stores pixel it should show with this
little green button like I say because
we have connected our Shopify Store to
our meta ads account so now we have
created our first ad creative and we are
simply just going to start with one
campaign for the first product that
you're going to test with a broad ad set
and we are going to have four ad
creatives at a minimum of course if you
want to test more you can but I
recommend to start with four ad
creatives so what we are going to do is
we are going to click on these three
lines and click on duplicate we are
going to choose original campaign and
click on duplicate and now we have a
copy of that first ad creative so now we
can simply scroll up we are going to
leave everything else the same except
for the media so we are going to swap
out the video we will leave the copy
exactly the same and then we can simply
just go and change the name so I am just
going to click on remove all and now we
are going to click on ADD media add
video we are going to upload a video and
you can go and choose your second ad
creative that you want to use and hit
open once the video uploads you can
click on next don't worry about trimming
your video so click on next again you
can of of course crop your videos if you
want to I'm going to click on next and
then you can click on done and finally
we can just scroll to the top and we are
just going to change the ad name so I've
just changed this to video ad one viral
Ecom ads and now I am just going to
duplicate that two more times so then I
have my four ad creatives so I'm just
going to repeat that process two more
times so all we need to do is click on
here click on duplicate choose original
campaign and click click on duplicate
I'm just going to name this one video ad
2 by viral Ecom ads and then I am just
going to scroll down and I am just going
to swap out the media so this one is
still uploading so I am just going to
wait for it to upload and then I'm just
going to replace it with a new video so
I have just gone and replaced that video
with another video ad creative as you
can see and now I have four video ad
creatives so we are ready to publish our
first campaign and start testing our
first product but before we publish the
campaign just go back to your adset and
when you scroll down on your adset just
make sure that the conversion event that
you have chosen is a purchase conversion
event because this is the event that we
want to optimize for purchases there are
a few other events in here like add to
cart add payment info and things like
that but we want to get purchases so
make sure you choose that and then you
can finally just click on publish it
will then say publishing so just give
this a few moments and then it will say
multiple items published so we can just
close this and now if you go back to
campaigns you will see that your
campaign is scheduled so your ads will
now go into review so if we click on ads
they will say processing and then they
will go into a review and once the
review process has been completed your
ad campaign will start running at the
date and time you set it to and your ad
will start being shown to people so in
the the following lessons I'll be
showing you how to review the metrics of
your campaigns for any particular
product and how to decide whether you
should turn them off and move on to a
new product or whether you should
continue spending and trying to scale
that product in this lesson I do want to
cover a common mistake that a lot of
beginners fall for when they first start
running meta ads and that is having
people reach out to you via email and in
the comments claiming to be from meta
and trying to scam You by saying that
they're going to shut your meta account
down or have it restricted so if I just
scroll into the comments you can see
that I have this comment here saying
that my page has received a copyright
warning these are scammers so if you
receive anything like this or you
receive emails claiming a similar thing
about copyright ownership they're going
to shut your account down or suspend
your account is most likely coming from
scammers and the best way that you can
see this is by having a look at the
actual link or the email address that
these comments are coming from so if we
actually have a look at this link they
want me to click on this link to send
them a disclaimer and as you can see
it's got meta center. us well this is
not a real link and this will be the
same from emails that you might receive
claiming to be meta just make sure that
you look at the email address in 99% of
cases meta will not email you or reach
out through the comments they simply
will just restrict your account and you
have to appeal that restriction directly
through the meta business manager not
via email or through comments so don't
fall for scams like this they are always
99% of the time scammers that will be
emailing you these types of things or
leaving comments so you can simply just
delete the emails and you can come in
and delete the comments so like I say
this is just a small lesson I did want
to give for some of the beginners out
there that might receive things like
this and you are panicking and thinking
that your account is going to be
restricted or banned do not click on
these links do not engage with these
emails because they will get your
information and they are potential
scammers so here is an example of an
email you might receive from these
scammers as well and as you can see it
looks fairly legitimate it has meta for
business and it has this button here
saying request review and it is saying
prohibited content copyright
infringement all of these types of
things so make sure that you look at the
email address that it is sent from if we
have a look at the email address you can
see that it ends in at outlook.com or it
will end in something that is not meta
or Facebook Affiliated so just double
check for this because like I say most
of the times these are scams you click
on the link and it will go and bring you
somewhere where it can go and add a
virus to your computer or try and get
some of your data so just be be aware of
these scams always make sure that you
are looking at who is posting the
comments who is sending these emails and
try to avoid these scams as best you can
in this lesson I'm going to be showing
you how you can read the metrics for
your first ads campaign and how you can
decide whether you should move on to a
new product or continue trying to scale
the same product so as you can see this
campaign has been running for 10 days
now so we can start having a look at
some of the metrics now the first you
might be wondering is how long should I
run my first ads campaign well I don't
recommend running it for a set amount of
days I actually recommend running it
based on the profit and loss so what I
want you to do is I want you to go and
download this Excel sheet which will be
in the lesson notes below and this will
help you work out your profit and loss
for any product that you are running ads
campaigns for and what I really
recommend is that once you hit around
$150 to $200 in a loss then you should
move on to a new product if you are
constantly breaking even or even making
just a slightly bit of loss I would
continue running the product and I'm
going to explain why in a moment so the
first thing you are going to want to do
is make sure that you download this and
start tracking the profit and loss of
your product so you can determine when
to turn the ads campaigns off for that
product and move on to testing a new
product so if we actually have a look at
the ad campaign here you can see that
the CPM is under what I recommended in
my earlier metrics lesson so I
recommended to have a CPM of under $40
this is just under £26 which is around
$34 so it is about average for a CPM you
can see the CPC is slightly high so I
recommended to try and find a CPC of
under a dollar this is slightly over
that this is around $150 so slightly
more expensive than what you would like
to see and then finally the cost per
result so as you can see the cost per
result is is quite high now meta hasn't
tracked all of the website purchases so
it says seven website purchases but if
we actually go over to the store I got
11 website purchases as you can see here
so it's nine orders but two of the
orders ordered two of the bottles so
that's 11 website purchases in total so
that is why I definitely recommend to
track your profits and losses yourself
as well because sometimes meta doesn't
track all of the data correctly so in
this instance the metrics aren't looking
that great the cpms are pretty average
the cost per click is kind of high and
the cost per result isn't great but it
doesn't really matter the main thing
that you really need to keep into
consideration is is the product breaking
even or is it profitable of course in
some instances all of these metrics can
be not so great or around average but if
you're still in profit then you should
of course continue to run the product
it's pretty common sense so if I
actually just go and show you how to use
this spreadsheet and then we can go and
have a look at whether you should
continue running a product or if you
should cut your losses and move onto a
new product so you are just going to put
in your revenue for each day so if we
come back over here and we can come over
to analytics and you can just go and
choose the first day that you were
running ads so as you can see the
revenue for the first day is
$79.98 so I'm just going to copy this
and I can just go and enter this into
where it says Revenue it will then work
out the fees for you using this formula
these might not be 100% accurate but
they're pretty much close enough then
you can go and add in your ad spend so
if we come back over to the ad spend for
the 29th so we will just come over to
the 29th and hit update and we can see
the ad spend is 3904 so we can just go
and enter that in here and then finally
you can go and enter in your cost of
goods so the cost of goods for the first
day was
£355 so you can see for the first day I
made just under £4 profit so that's okay
for the first day now finally just go
and have a look so you'll want to go and
fill this out each day so now I'm just
going to go and show you all of the
numbers for the 10 days that this
product has been running so the second
day I got no sales spent £ 40 on ads so
it was a complete 40 loss the third day
I got 122 just under1 123 in Revenue 40
on ad spend £ 5117 on the cost of goods
so you can see on the third day I made
just under 30 profit so if we do just
come over to here we can come and choose
the 31st let's just go and choose the
31st on its own and you can see the
revenue of just under
£123 and if we come over here and we
choose the 31st you can go and see the
ad spend $39.89 and then of course we do
have the cost of goods so you can work
out your cost of goods by just going
over to AliExpress and you can just come
into your orders and you will of course
see the total of the product costs so
these are in us but I have a look at how
much comes out of my bank account in
pounds when I fulfill the orders so
that's how I'm able to go and put in the
cost of goods in pounds so as you can
see after 10 days this product is £118
in loss which is around
$150 so in this instance I would
recommend just moving on to a new
product so as you can see if we do come
over here I have just gone and turned
off the campaign so now you just want to
basically go back to the drawing board
import a new product create a new
product page new ads and start testing a
new product there are a number of
different reasons why the product might
not have worked but generally it will
just be down to there wasn't enough
demand for the product or the product is
too competitive and it has been run by
too many other stores I have seen quite
a few stores running this hydrogen water
bottle so that can sometimes be the case
the product might just have too many
competitors or it simply just does
doesn't have enough demand it can easily
happen now there is something else you
need to take into consideration so if we
do just come back to analytics and if I
do go and choose all of the days that I
ran this product so we'll go from 29th
all the way through to the 7th and hit
apply you can see that my conversion
rate is 3% and that is about average but
if you're seeing your conversion rate is
really low like
0.5% or under 1% then it could
potentially be your store so you might
need to go back to the drawing board and
just improve your store so really be
quite critical of your store have a look
at it see does it look well branded have
you put time and effort into the images
have you used good colors and fonts does
everything look clean and professional
because if you do have a really low
conversion rate you could actually start
becoming profitable if you increase your
conversion rate like I say you're
looking for something between 3 and 5%
which is pretty decent and around
average if you're super low then your
product could still have potential to
make profit it just means that your
store isn't optimized so you need to go
and improve the way your store looks so
be super critical of your store make
sure that it does look completely clean
and professional and make sure that you
are trying to optimize the conversion
rate by improving your store as best you
can the other reason why your conversion
rate might be super low and under 1%
could be the pricing of your product so
if you have fairly decent recent margins
maybe you have a 30 or $35 margin you
could go and decrease the sale price of
your product and that could help you to
improve the conversion rate and that way
you'll see more sales and you will be
able to get into profit with your
product so just look at those things if
you are seeing that you're unprofitable
every day but your conversion rate is
super low firstly concentrate on trying
to improve your conversion ratees by
improving your store as best you can to
make it look super clean and
professional and then if you do have
enough margin like I say 30 to $35
margin you could bring that down to $25
to $20 margin by reducing the sale price
of your product and you might actually
see that you get more sales because
you've reduced the cost of the product
because if you have a low conversion
rate it basically just means people are
coming over to your store they're
interested in the product but when they
actually get to your store they're not
purchasing the product so that could
either be because your site doesn't look
good they don't trust it or the copy
isn't convincing them to purch
or simply that they think the product is
too expensive so you can bring the sale
price down of the product but you still
need to have at least a $20 profit
margin now that's basically what you
need to do if your product isn't
performing well so you can go and have a
look at your profit and loss sheet
however if you are riding the wave and
you're never going more than $150 in
loss I would say to continue to ride
this wave of this product because what
meta is doing it is actually collecting
data and it is still working out who who
your ideal customer is so if you can
ride this wave of profit and loss whilst
still maintaining less than a $150 loss
you will actually be collecting data So
Meta will be finding out who your ideal
customer is it will be collecting data
and meta works like a snowball effect
the more data it collects the easier it
will be able to find customers so
essentially the more sales you make with
meta the more sales it will be able to
find for you so that is why I say don't
give up on a product too early as long
as you're not too far in loss you can
continue to just ride the wave of profit
and loss whilst meta is building data
now if you have a look at this article
from meta you will see that there is a
learning phase with meta ads campaigns
so as you can see here typically
performance stabilizes after an adset
receives 50 optimization events within a
7-Day period so if you can get to 50
sales within 7 days then meta will
really collect a huge amount of data and
it will be able to find your customers
much easier and it will be able to
stabilize the performance which
basically just means your cost per
result will Bas will become stabilized
so if you can see your cost per result
is starting to level out to a point
where you're able to become profitable
then you can start to think about
scaling your product so as I say you
really just want to be be looking at
your profit and loss try not to get into
$150 loss if you're less than $150 loss
keep riding the wave and collecting data
so you will see with most new campaigns
for any product you run meta will be
quite volatile whilst it is collecting
this data and that is another reason
that I do recommend to run a niche store
because when meta is collecting data it
is collecting data about your customer
so if you are collecting data on
customer that are all very similar it's
going to be easier for meta to find
those customers even when you create new
campaigns if you run a niche pet store
and everybody coming over to your store
is interested in pet products then meta
is going to be able to find those
customers much easier because they're
all interested in similar products
however if you run a general store and
you're selling products from the sports
Niche from the pet Niche from the
homeware niche all of these different
customers are coming to your store to
purchase different things so it can
confuse meta about who your ideal
customer is and who to actually show
your ads to so that is another advantage
of running a niche store when you are
going through this learning phase and
when meta is collecting data you will be
collecting data on similar types of
customers that are interested in similar
products so of course if your product
does go into $150 loss like me you are
just going to turn off the campaign go
back to the drawing board research some
new products import some new produ
products create some new product pages
create some new video ad creatives and
start running a new campaign to test a
new product however if you are going
through this learning phase when should
you actually start scaling a product
well if you do see that your product is
profitable every single day you can
start to slowly increase your ad budget
so if you do see that you are making
daily profits consistently for at least
5 days then I would recommend upping the
ad budget now how much should you up the
ad budget by well I usually tend to up
the ad budget in the beginning by how
much profit I made the day before so
after around 5 to 7 days if I can see
that I am making consistent profits I
will just come over to the Daily budget
and I will increase this by the previous
day's profit so for example if you're
running at $40 per day and the previous
day you made $30 profit then you can
just increase this to $70 and again if
you are running at $50 a day and the
previous day you made $40 profit you can
just increase your daily budget to $90
and then you can see how that performs
if again you start making profit again
you can increase the ad budget and
always just increase it by the previous
day's profit so for example you started
on $50 per day you made $40 profit then
you increased to $90 the next day you
only made $20 profit then you can
increase to $110 the the next day you
made $30 profit you will increase to
$140 per day ad budget of course if you
do make loss you can always scale back
down so if you scaled up to $140 for
example and the next day you make $30
loss you can scale back down to
$110 or if you're breaking even then I
recommend to just leave the ad budget as
it is so you can let it stabilize until
it goes back into profit so that is how
you can slowly start scaling your ad
budget look at your previous day's
profit and simply just go and increase
the daily budget now scaling really is
quite simple it's not anything too
complicated you really are just upping
your ad budget and seeing if you're
still profitable so really the main
thing is that you really want to be
tracking your overall profit and loss
now one thing to keep in mind is don't
get too caught up in the daily profit
and loss have a look at your profit and
loss over a one week period because meta
will always take time to stabilize when
you are changing things like the budget
so when you look at your ad campaigns
every day you might see some
fluctuations but really you want to be
looking at your campaigns over a onewe
period And if you can still see that
you're making profit then you can
continue to increase the budgets and
that really is basically it in terms of
reading the metrics in the beginning
stages you're just having a look at your
profit and loss and you're deciding
whether to move on to a new product or
whether to to continue to increase the
daily budgets to maintain profitability
so that is basically it for this module
if you can see that your product isn't
performing very well just turn it off
and go back to the drawing board if you
can see that your product is showing
promise and it is making daily profits
start to increase your daily budgets and
then you can move on to the scaling
module in this lesson I'm going to show
you how to accurately start tracking
your profits for your Shopify Drop
Shipping business now as I mentioned in
the last lesson is super important
because this can help you to decide
whether to cut a campaign for a product
and when to scale a campaign for a
product but it can also help you keep a
finer detail on the numbers coming into
your business and going out of your
business so you can accurately track
your profits for your business now in
order to do this we are going to be
using a Shopify app called true profit
what this app allows you to do is it
allows you to plug in your Shopify store
it allows you to plug in your ad
platforms so you can see all of the
revenue coming in you can see all of
your expenditures on ads you can also go
and plug in your cost of goods so you
can track all of your cost of goods and
it will also calculate all of the fees
for your store as well and all of the
app fees and things like that so it can
basically track all of your incomings
and all of your outgoings for your
business and this is the most accurate
way to actually track your profits for
your Shopify Drop Shipping business now
I will leave a link in the description
to True profit it does start at just $35
a month once you start making some
consistent sales I do recommend to use
it I think it's very affordable to be
able to track all of the profits for
your business and I'm going to show you
exactly how to set it up true profit
does also have a mobile app which I'll
show you later on in this lesson and
that's a great way to keep track of your
Shopify Drop Shipping business's profits
on the go and the last thing that I do
want to mention is that true profit do
have a free Discord Community as well so
will leave a link in the description to
True profits Discord Community you can
join that Discord to get updates and ask
questions regarding all things
e-commerce and to interact with other
Ecom and dropshipping store owners like
yourself so from here we are just going
to click on install and then you can
click on install again you will then be
brought over to your true profit
dashboard click on start with a plan
from here you can choose your true
profit plan now each plan has different
features I'm going to go for the
Enterprise plan because it has the
marketing attribution feature now this
is a really important feature especially
when you are scaling your ad campaigns
because this can actually give you more
accurate data than meta ads can so
sometimes with meta ads you might notice
that purchase conversions haven't been
tracked correctly so on your Shopify
store for a day you might see 20 sales
and it's only tracked 15 of those sales
now it's super important to have
accurate tracking so you can see which
ads are getting you the most sales which
adsets are bringing you the most sales
and which campaigns are bringing you the
most sales and when meta's data isn't
correct this can make it tricky for you
to track the data to decide on what to
do next when you are scaling your
campaigns so with the Enterprise plan
from True profit it actually has the
marketing attribution feature and it
accurately tracks all of the conversions
for your campaigns so this is super
important if you do want to start
tracking your ad data with more accuracy
so choose a plan I'm going to go for the
Enterprise plan so we are just going to
click on start 14-day free trial you can
then approve your true profit
subscription so just click on approve
and then you will be brought back to
your true profit dashboard so just click
on continue you will then be ask what
best describes your business so you can
just choose I Dropship products and then
you will see a few different platforms
we're using autods so we are just going
to choose autods and click on next from
here you can choose how you would like
to set up your cost of goods we're just
going to choose sync cost of goods from
shopify's cost per item field and click
on next it will then ask you to set up
your shipping costs you can just choose
sync shipping labels from Shopify
shipping and click on next you will then
be asked to choose your ad channel so
we're going to choose Facebook ads and
click on next you will then be asked how
you heard about true profit you can
choose recommended by YouTube and put my
name in if you want to and then click on
go to dashboard you will then be brought
over to your true profit dashboard and
from here you will see a snapshot of all
of the numbers related to your store so
you'll see your orders Revenue total
cost of goods your net profit your net
profit margin total ad spend average
order value units sold gross sales and
gross profit now the first thing we are
going to do is connect our ad channel so
we are going to come to Integrations and
we are going to click on marketing
channels from here we are going to
connect our Facebook ads account so we
are going to click on connect you will
be prompted to log to your Facebook
account so just click on continue and
then just click on Save and click on got
it you will then be prompted to choose
the ads account for your store so you
can see I've got quite a lot of ads
accounts so I'm just going to choose the
one for this store then we can scroll
down and click on sync ad spend this
process will take a few minutes so after
a few minutes you can now come back to
reports and click on your dashboard now
my ad account is still syncing with true
profit so whilst we wait for that to
sync we will move on to the next part of
the lesson where we will set up the
marketing attribution so we can
accurately track the data from our ad
campaigns so we can come over to
marketing attribution and in order to
start tracking your conversion data more
accurately you will need to install the
true profit pixel so underneath you will
see enable true profit tracking
extension so click on open theme
settings and just make make sure that
you turn on the true profit app embed
and click on Save in the other tab you
can come back to True profit and we can
now refresh this so after your ad
accounts have finished syncing you'll
now be able to have a closer look at the
marketing attribution for your campaigns
so you can see things like row as the
amount spent on ads Impressions clicks
click-through rate add to cards how much
it costs you per ad to cart all of your
purchases what your purchase value is so
how much revenue you've actually brought
in through those purchases your cost per
purchase your conversion rate your
Revenue total cost all of these
different metrics that you can
accurately track and then these are
broken down into campaigns ad groups
which are adets within meta and ads the
actual ad creatives now if you do want
to utilize true profits marketing
attribution feature to its full
potential you are also going to want to
set up these true profit URL parameters
so this basically just creates a custom
URL that true profit can track and then
you add these URLs to your ad campaigns
so that it can track all of the data
accurately so if you click on how to add
parameters and you will see this guide
on how to set up a custom URL so like I
say you can set up a custom URL and true
true profit can track this URL and all
of the data so when you're setting up
your ad campaigns instead of adding the
destination URL for your campaigns as
your product page you will set it up as
a custom URL and it will still go to
your product page but true profit will
be able to track all of the data for
that particular URL so that way again
you'll get more accurate data for your
campaigns your adsets and your ads even
for particular products and AD campaigns
and this is much more accurate than
using meta ads data meta ads as I say
sometimes will miss conversions so if
you had 50 sales in a day it will only
track 40 of them so you can't really get
a true picture of which of your ad sets
which of your campaigns which of your
ads is performing the best so this is
the best way to actually track all of
that data as accurately as possible so
now that my ad channel has synced if we
go back to my dashboard we can now see
my total ad spend has been synced as
well from my meta ads platform if we
scroll down to the bottom you can see a
monthly breakdown of all of your profits
so you can see all of the revenue that
came in your total ad spend your net
profit margin and your cost of goods so
this is a really great way again to
track your stores performance month by
month and see which month is bringing
you in the most profits next up if you
go to the P andl report from here you
can pick a particular time frame so for
example if I just choose last year then
you can go and create a profit and loss
sheet for that time frame so as you can
see it will show you the gross sales
discounts returns Revenue cost of goods
shipping costs so all of your expenses
and all of your revenue and you can go
and generate a profit and loss sheet
this is really important if you want to
sell your store you can easily go and
generate a profit and loss report so you
can go and display that to people that
potentially want to purchase your store
you can also go and play with your cost
of goods so if we come into cost
settings you will see cost of goods
shipping costs transaction fees taxes
paid so you can go and edit any of these
at any point so if we go to to cost of
goods for example and from here you can
edit the cost of goods for any of your
products so if you just click on this
little arrow you can easily go and edit
the cost of goods for your products you
can also go and edit the handling fees
and then it will show you a margin as
well if we come into the shipping costs
you can easily go and set up custom
shipping costs for your product if you
come into transaction fees you can go
and set up the transaction fees for any
of your payment gateways most of these
should be done by default anyway and
then you've got some other stuff like
taxes paid and custom costs so for
example custom costs might be other apps
that you use and you want to put in the
costs of those so you can accurately
track your profits now a couple of last
things that I do want to mention firstly
is the true profit mobile app so you can
track your stores profits on the go so
as you can see here it will say get
mobile app in the top right hand corner
so you can just click on this and from
here if we scroll down you can simply
scan this QR code on your mobile mobile
and then you can download the true
profit mobile app and that way you can
track all of your stores profits on the
go just by having a look at the mobile
app so now that I've shown you how to
accurately track profits for your
Shopify Drop Shipping business we can
move on to the next part of the
tutorial so welcome to the scaling
module and in this module I'm going to
be going over all of the key components
that you need to consider when you are
trying to scale your store but the first
thing I do want to mention is don't be
overwhelmed when it comes to scaling so
you might think scaling is going to be a
bit scary you're going to be seeing so
many orders coming in you're going to be
seeing High numbers on your store High
numbers of cash going out of your bank
account spending on ads going to your
supplier and things like that but if you
go through everything in this module and
go through all of the lessons you'll see
that scaling isn't scary it's actually
the exciting part of Drop Shipping this
is the reason why you got into Drop
Shipping because you want to scale your
store this is where you're going to see
the big profits so don't be scared be
excited that you can actually scale your
store and start to see some significant
profits and just keep that in mind when
you are scaling your stores you will
inevitably run into some problems and
that's completely part of business so
just keep that in mind if you ever do go
through a moment where things are
feeling a little bit tough a little bit
overwhelming when you are scaling your
stores just remember this is the exact
reason why you got into Drop Shipping so
you can scale your stores and start to
see some significant profits so now that
I've got that out the way I am just
going to go over the key components that
you need to consider when you are
scaling your stores and then in the next
lessons I will break these down
individually so firstly you can see on
the screen we have seven steps to
scaling your stores and I have just gone
and rated them with a difficulty rating
of how difficult they actually are so
firstly you have increasing your ad
budgets when you are scaling so you you
will basically just be increasing your
ad budgets it's not rocket science when
you are scaling your stores all you're
doing is just increasing your ad budgets
so you can spend more on ads in order to
get more sales so if you're on $100 a
day you might increase to 150 then you
might increase to 200 all the way up to
you are spending thousands of dollars a
day on ads now like I say increasing ad
budgets is super easy you just go into
your ad ads manager and you just
increase the budget it's not rocket
science so I'll be showing you how to do
that in the next lessons next you have
cash flow and this can be a little bit
more tricky so this actually ties in
with increasing your ad budgets and cash
flow is basically making sure that the
money goes from your ad account to your
payment processor so either Shopify
payments or PayPal into your bank
account to your suppliers and then the
rest back on to ads so you can continue
the cycle of scaling spending more on
ads getting more sales giving it to to
your supplier spending more on ads
getting more sales and so on so like I
say that can be a little bit tricky and
of course I will be going over that in
the next lessons to show you how you can
actually manage cash flow in a better
way but when you are scaling it is
better to have some savings so if you
are thinking about scaling or you know
you're not even at that level of scaling
it but you're just watching these
lessons just bear in mind that when you
are scaling you should have a little bit
of cash reserved you should have some
cash saved before you actually start
scaling that's going to make things so
much easier for you in terms of managing
cash flow so if you've got three four
grand saved that you can continuously
spend on ads that's going to make cash
flow much easier but like I say I'll be
going into that in more detail in the
next lessons next up you have customer
service I put this as medium so
basically with customer service the more
sales you make the more emails you're
going to get the more refunds you're
going to get you know more things to
deal with on the customer service side
of things again it's fairly simple to
deal with I'll be showing you how to do
that in the lessons it usually just
comes down to hiring a virtual assistant
to deal with that for you but one thing
to bear in mind is in the beginning when
you are selling if you get to maybe
let's say four or 500 sales and 50 to
100 customers have already asked for a
refund then don't scale the product if
you can already see early signs that the
product is poor quality and a lot of
customers are asking for refunds then
you're not going to want to scale the
product go back to the drawing board and
either find a new supplier that can
Source you the product with better
quality and make sure you inspect the
product first to make sure the quality
is actually better or you're going to
want to start finding a new product to
sell because like I say if you're
already dealing with a lot of refunds
early on in the scaling Journey then
it's just going to get worse you know if
you if you sold 500 of a product and 50
people have asked for refund imagine
you've sold 10,000 of a product how many
refunds you're going to get and that can
be tricky because that's when you can
actually start losing a lot of money so
that's just something to bear in mind
with customer service see early signs of
problems before you actually start
scaling like I say I put it medium
category because it can really depend on
the product that you are selling and the
quality of the product and the types of
customers that you are getting as well
but in terms of if you have everything
down the product quality is good you're
not seeing a lot of signs of refunds and
things like that customer service can be
fairly simple you just need to h a va8
now next up you have decreasing the cost
of goods and decreasing your shipping
times super easy I'll be showing you
some supplies where you can try to
Source your products for cheaper and
with faster shipping times and you can
go and connect those suppliers to your
Shopify store so you still can automate
the Fulfillment process and all of the
tracking numbers and everything like
that will be sent out to your customers
just how they are done with DSS and CJ
Drop Shipping so don't worry about that
but the thing is with some of these
private Drop Shipping agents you you
need to have a certain amount of orders
coming in every day for them to want to
work with you so for it to be worth
their time so that's why I recommend as
a beginner use AliExpress CJ Drop
Shipping so you can start to get some
consistent sales in and then when you
are scaling you'll be looking at
decreasing your cost of goods and in and
decreasing your shipping times so that
you can get faster shipping and I'll be
showing you some Drop Shipping agents
that you can Source your products with
next up you have increasing your average
order value so so this is really when
you're scaling where you can actually
start to introduce bundles and upsells
so I'll be showing you how to set those
up on your stores again super easy to go
and set those up and to start to
increase your average order value so you
can actually bring in more revenue on
your store more Revenue means more
profits which means you can scale
quicker and then you have testing new
creatives and new audiences again super
easy I'll be showing you how to do this
in the lessons it really just comes down
to creating new campaigns with new ad
creatives and testing new audiences very
simple and you can see what works and if
it works you can continue to scale those
campaigns as well and then last but not
least you have white labeling branding
or sometimes known as private labeling
as well again super easy so when I show
you how to decrease your cost of goods
with Drop Shipping agents most of those
agents will be able to private label or
brand the products they basically just
means putting your logo on the product
or in some cases just putting your logo
on the packaging so white label in is
usually the process of just putting your
logo on the packaging private La
labeling is where you put your logo on
the product and on the packaging so of
course it's going to be slightly more
expensive to put your logo on the
product so it really just depends if you
want to private label depends how high
you've actually scaled your store how
fast you've scaled your store if you're
building a brand around your store
you're going to want to Brand it and
white label it or private label it at
some point like I say super easy with
most Drop Shipping agents they'll be a
to set that up for you so that is
basically an overview of the scaling
module so now we can actually start
getting into the nitty-gritty and you
can start with the first lesson which
will be increasing budgets when it comes
to increasing budgets on your ad
campaigns it really is fairly simple now
this is going to be kind of a boring
lesson so you might want to watch it on
one and a half times speed or something
cuz like I say it's not going to be
super exciting but I do want to go
through every single day of scaling
campaign with you just so you can see
exactly how it looks in terms of scaling
a budget so we are going to look at
November last year so this is q for one
of the biggest months of the year where
you will be scaling your stores so if we
just go to November the 1st to the 30th
you can have a look at how this store
was actually scaled so you can see
started off at very low revenue and
scaled all the way up to
$66,000 and then the scaling continued
all the way through December as well so
if we go over to to December you can see
another 110,000 sort of all the way up
to mid December but we will just go
through November because this is
basically where we scaled from very low
Revenue all the way to fairly High
revenue and then that Revenue sort of
just continued through December as well
so I'm going to show you the ad accounts
and also the revenue so you can see how
simple it is when you're actually
increasing your ad budgets when you can
see a campaign is working so if we just
come over to the ad campaign I am just
going to choose the 1 to the 30th and we
will just go and hit update so you will
see during this period 17K spent 66k
brought in then obviously if you minus
off the cost of goods and everything
like that you can of course go and watch
the case study lessons if you want to
see the profit but I want what I want to
show you in this lesson is how to
actually scale so we will just go to the
first day let's go to the first day of
November you can see 274 brought in now
if we go and have a look at the first
day on the ads manager let's go and hit
update you can see we started off at
$100 a day so you might be thinking you
firstly might be thinking when should I
actually start to increase the budgets
well if you're seeing some traction like
I showed you in the last module and
you're seeing some consistent sales then
you are just going to want to increase
the budgets this is basically where
scaling starts you've seen some traction
you've got about 40 50 orders in a week
and now you're starting to scale the
budgets so this is B basically where you
are right now what should I actually do
like I say it's super simple it's not
rocket science all you're doing is just
increasing the budgets super super
simple now obviously there are a few
things to consider which I'm about to go
through because there are going to be es
and flows there is going to be some you
know it will be volatile meta can be
volatile when you are scaling so that's
just something to bear in mind meta can
be very volatile whilst it's still
building data but the more data it
builds the more sales it can get so I
probably have mentioned this throughout
the course so far but I really want to
drum this into your brain it's like a
snowball effect the more sales it gets
the more sales it can find that's how
meta works until basically you know
you've exhausted all of your options
either with a creative or just with the
product in general and it won't be able
to find any more sales anymore then you
need to try a new audience new creatives
or new products but you're way far off
at that point at the moment you've just
started scaling so like I say you can
see that your campaign's doing fairly
well you've had quite a few consistent
days so from here you are just
increasing the budget so if you have a
look at the first day here $100 spent
and $275 brought in let's have a look at
the second day and just bear in mind
like I showed you we've scaled this over
a month all the way from $274 on the
first day all the way up to $10,000 on
the 30th day so this can easily be
scaled in under a month so here's the
second day we hit update $100 a again
left it at the same budget we'll come to
the second and hit apply you could see
pretty bad day spent $100 brought in
$100 in Revenue but obviously Minus cost
of goods and everything this is actually
a loss so second day we're in loss let's
come to the third day hit update we
scaled back down to $75 so we're on $100
scaled down to 75 because we were in a
loss right so second day we performed
badly we scaled back down so if you
perform badly you can always scale back
down you don't have to scale back down
massively just scaled back down a little
bit so now we'll go to the third day we
can see we scaled back down to $75 again
we bis brought in two sales $100 brought
in a again let's go to the fourth day
and I basically going to do this for
every single day so you can see exactly
how much was spent and how you can
increase your budget so like I say might
be a little bit of a boring lesson but
you definitely going to take away a lot
of information so this is the fourth day
you can see we scale back down again
because this day we spent 75 we only B
in two sales $100 still not profitable
so we scaled back down to $50 so this is
the fourth so let's come over to the
fourth and we'll just choose the
fourth and hit apply you might hear a
helicopter in the background so just
ignore that flying over the head so as
you can see $50 spent
$75 brought in not a good day again only
one sale not profitable so basically
you're just using common sense to up the
budgets and to decrease the budgets
you're just using common sense if you
break even just leave the budget as it
is now if you just make slight loss or
slight profit you can leave the budget
as it is again so you'll see that
throughout this lesson so the fourth
like I said we're on $50 a day let's go
to the fifth
we hit the fifth hit update we still
left it at $50 a day because this day we
didn't make any profit we didn't make a
huge loss either so we just left it at
$50 a day you could see this day one
sale brought in $60 so another poor day
just bear in mind like I said to you in
the previous module if you can ride out
this wave of es and flows ups and downs
where some days you're getting profit
some days you're getting losses you're
scaling up you're scaling down if you
can ride this wave out just bear in mind
that meta is collecting data and you're
going to see evidence of that in a
moment meta is collecting data it is
finding the customers for you the more
data it gets the easier it can find the
customers for you so that's what I
really want you to take away from this
lesson don't want you to give up too
early because you will see ups and downs
ups and downs long as you don't get too
much into loss you can start to scale
your store so on the fifth we were still
at $50 per day we had another bad
performing day so let's go to the sixth
we hit update you can say I scaled down
we we've had some really bad performing
days last couple of days so I scaled
down $3 a day we can come over to the
6th hit
apply and you can see $30 a day another
bad day pretty much break even even
possibly even a bit of loss so now we
can come back to let's go to the 7th so
pretty much at this time we've we've had
a week of kind of poor performance you
know not really really any profit pretty
much losses but not massive losses at
this point but you can see on this day
we spent
$30 and let's go to the
seventh and hit apply and you can see
this day finally we can see some
increases so only two sales but the
average order value is slightly higher
and of course we only spent $30 on ads
this day so this day was actually
profitable so now we can come over to
the eth we hit update still stayed
around $25 $30 a day so just letting it
stabilize some days you can just let it
stabilize of course it depends on how
much cash you have to spend as well so
you can see this day here not really
great $99 brought in but again we've
decreased the budget so it's still
profitable very just slightly now we can
come to the ninth hit update still the
same $25 per
day let's go to the n9th
and you can see on the 9th we got two
$200 brought in for sales so finally
just going to drill this into your brain
meta is collecting data as you can see
we've spent $25 only on ads on this day
because it's collected so much data over
the last 9 days it's finally been able
to find four customers pretty good day
$25 spent $200 brought in so now let's
go to the 10th I'm sure you can guess
what happened on the
10th right so we've got $25 a again
letting it stabilize so you know I was
probably slightly reserved with this you
can be a bit more aggressive than this
so I probably in hindsight now I would
have put the budget up at this point so
now we can hit apply and you can see
again a really good day this day $175
brought in three sales so now we can go
to the
11th let's hit the 11th and of course
increase the budget again back to $50
because three days in a row at $25 have
performed well so now up to $50 so you
really are just using common sense if
you're making profits increase the
budget if you're making losses decrease
the budget if you're breaking even let
the budget stay as it is so we've
increased the budget to $50 a day now
because we had three good days in a row
so now let's have a look at how this day
performed once we increase the budget
and you can see it's kind of stabilized
$200 not too bad
let's go to the 12th hit update you can
see still at $50 a day because this day
was kind of
average now let's go to the 12th you
could see wow so on this day and and
this is all part of collecting the data
so because meta has collected the data
over the past 12 days we started on the
1st all the way up to the 12th now once
we've spent $50 it has been able to find
nine customers $500 brought in nearly if
we compare that to the first day where
we spent $100 we only brought $100 in so
a lot of people would just see that and
think oh well this is not going to be
profitable and they just give up so
that's why I always say give it a little
bit of time if you're not going too far
into loss you will be collecting data
and you're basically paying for that
data so don't see it as a loss you're
basically paying to get that data so in
the future you can find customers easier
so just think of it as an investment
you're paying for the data so later on
you can get your profits back so we're
on the third the 12th now let's go over
to the 13th so we're at $50 a day let's
go to the 13th and now we've put it all
the way back up to $100 a day and of
course that's because it performs so
well on this day really good profits
this day so we've just doubled the
budget so now we can come to the
13th we can see how this day
performed so it didn't perform as well
as the $50 a day previously but when you
increase your budgets it can take a few
days a gain to optimize and to stabilize
so just bear that in mind as well that's
another key takeaway from this lesson it
can take a few days when you're
increasing your budgets to stab
stabilize and optimize so now we're on
the 13th still a pretty good day you
know considering a $100
spent let's go to the
14th so this is where we actually
started to scale right so it's taken
pretty much two weeks two weeks of
collecting data ups and downs profits
and losses to finally get to the point
now where we're actually going to scale
the ad budgets now you're probably
thinking how much should I actually
scale the ad budgets by and there isn't
really one set rule it really just
depends on how much you have to spend on
your ad campaigns how much cash that you
have that you can increase your ad
budgets by so you'll see some of the
increases here can be quite erratic but
I recommend if you are feeling a bit
confused just go for the 20% rule so I
know I mentioned in the last previous
module to just increase the budget by
how much profit you made the day before
but once you start going into really
high ad spends that can be a little bit
confusing right so once you start going
to you know past $300 a day in ad spend
then you can just follow the 20% rule so
basically the 20% rule is you're just
adding 20% per day so if we just start
on let's say you're on $300 a day and
one day is profitable then you can just
increase your budget by 20% once you
start getting even higher once you start
getting to let's say $1,000 a day in ad
spend you can really start to increase
your ad spend quite aggressively so you
can go from $11,000 a day to $1,500 a
day to $2,000 a day all the way up to2
and half $3,000 per day like I say of
course it really does depend on cash
flow as well which I will go over in the
next lessons if you don't have enough
cash flow to increase your budgets that
high then just don't increase them that
high it's really simple as that if you
don't have the cash flow coming in to
spend on the ads then don't increase the
ad campaigns to that high it just means
you of course won't be able to scale the
store as high as it possibly could go
but if you don't have the cash flow you
don't have the cash flow there's really
nothing that you can do about it you
just need to scale a bit slower so when
you're scaling slower just use the 20%
rule so always of course round it up as
well so let's say now we're on $360 a
day we have a profitable day we can add
20% again and you're not going to set
your budget to 432 so just set it to 440
just round it up so now let's just say
we're on 440 have another profitable day
we add 20% and now on 530 so you can
always use that rule if you're feeling a
bit confused a bit overwhelmed about how
much you should increase your budget by
just use the 20% rule once you start
getting into the higher numbers like I
said when you're on the smaller numbers
you can just use the previous day's
profit so if you've made $30 the
previous day just increase it by $30
once you start getting into the higher
numbers the 20% rule is slightly better
because you're going to be making higher
profits and the profits are going to be
slightly more erratic so it's going to
get a little bit confusing by how much
you should increase your budget so
hopefully that makes sense let's go back
to the campaigns so now you can see like
I said on the 14th day we finally
started to actually look to scale this
product so we finally put up to $150 in
a day so now if we come over here let's
go to the 14th and you can see what a
massive increase right $800 in a day 14
sales so now this is where the scaling
can really begin let's go to the
15th all the way up to 250 like I say
this really comes down to cash flow so
you might think that's quite a big jump
from $150 a day to $250 a day in ad
spend but if you got the cash reserves
you might as well do it so there were
some good savings that were used to
actually increase these budgets but if
you don't have those savings those cash
reserves then you're just going to want
to increase your budgets slightly slower
than this so you're going to see now
some quite aggressive scaling we've gone
to $250 so now let's come over
here let's go to the
15th and as you can see $1,400 almost
doubled in Revenue not quite but almost
now we can come over to the
16th and as you can see up to $300 a day
now and if we come over to the 16th here
so like you can see it really is that
simple when it comes to scaling with
your ad budgets you're just putting your
ad budgets up once you've got enough
data and the sales start coming in
theoretically the more you increase your
ad budgets the more Revenue you should
see of course like I say it can be
volatile it takes some days to stabilize
when you're inre ining your budgets so
as you can see we've gone to $300 a day
now it's pretty much stayed the same
Revenue so still stabilizing still
optimizing to the new
budget now if we come to the
17th we've gone to 350 now another thing
you might be thinking is you know if you
had two days in a row where your Revenue
was the same why are you still scaling
if you can see that it's not optimized
and stabilized well the main reason is
these days are still profitable so if
you're still making good profits and
your days are still profitable even if
they're so let's just say for example on
the
14th was a good profitable day and then
on the 15th was a good profitable
day and then on the 16th so 15th was a
good profitable day increased the
budgets and it was a similar Revenue but
it was still a good profitable day hence
why increasing the ad budget again so
you don't always need need to make sure
you're making a certain amount of profit
to increase the budgets if you're making
profit increase the budgets it's really
that simple you're chasing the profits
so if you're making profits increase the
budgets so the 16th wasn't as much
profit as the 15th but it was still
profitable hence increasing the budget
again so now we can see on the 17th the
budget is up to 350 so we can come over
to the
17th and as you can see another big day
1,700
now let's go over to so now I'm just
basically going to show you the rest of
the month so we'll just go to the 18th
you can see 350 again letting it
stabilize and hit apply now another
thing you're probably thinking is well
you just literally said if you're seeing
profits increase the budget and now you
can see that I've done two days 350 350
but again this comes down to cash flow
so you can only increase the budget if
you have the cash so let it stabilize
again for another day 350 this day
wasn't as good now let's move over to
the
19th and you can see we're on 360 now so
just increasing the ad budget a little
bit like I say again managing that cash
flow so now we can come to the 19th
still a pretty good day so these are
still all profitable days so now we can
come over to the 20th and you can see
again 350 so this period here like I say
is all about cash flow you can see we
haven't increased the budgets for about
four days in a row now and they've still
been profitable so I know I mentioned
earlier if you have the profitable days
increase the budgets but of course you
need the cash flow to do it so you can
see this is a prime example of that four
days in a row of good profits but not
increasing the budgets due to cash flow
so now we can come back over here you
can see the cash flow is probably coming
at this point not quite not yet so we're
still on
350 so now let's go to the 21st you can
see another good day really good
profitable day here finally hit a 2K day
so I would assume that the cash flow has
probably come in at this point let's see
so yeah you can see so now after 5 days
cash flow has come in so basically from
the payment processes into the bank
account gone out to the suppliers fees
have been taken away and now spend the
rest back on ads to continue scaling so
back up to about 415 now so now we can
come back over here on the
22nd hit apply and as you can see now
we've got $1,100 so it's gone down quite
significantly so as I've mentioned it
can take time to stabilize to optimize
on higher budgets and you really are
just going to have to roll with it
pretty much when you are scaling so you
will of course inevitably have some bad
days it just happens it's part of
business so you can see only $1,100
after scaling up
but if you have a look on the
23rd you can see we've gone up to 470
now and let's go to the 23rd and hit
apply and you can see almost back to a
2K day here so now let's go to the 24th
and just bear in mind that when you're
scaling cash flow does get easier
because all of the profit that you're
making you can continue to stack that
profit and then you can go and bump that
back into ads so as you can see here
this is a prime example of that stacked
all of the profits from the last 12 or
13 days and basically doubled the ad
budget here so as you can see if we come
to the 23rd ad budget is on 470 gone all
the way up to 920 and that's basically
an accumulation of 13 days profit but
waiting for that cash flow to come in so
now we can aggressively scale again so
now we're on 920 so this is where you
should see
some big Revenue coming in so let's go
to the
24th you could see a 4K day here really
good day and as I mentioned it is a
snowball effect with ads the more you
spend on ads the more profit you can
make and the more of that profit you can
put back into ads to make more profits
so let's go and have a look at the 25th
now as a matter of fact what are we on
we're on the 24th yep so let's look at
the 25th so now the budget has gone all
the way up to $1300
and if we go and have a look at the 25th
here and hit apply you can see again
another good day 4 1/2k if we come to
the
26th $1,600 now so this is really
aggressive scaling you don't necessarily
need to do this this can be kind of
risky it depends how risk adverse you
are you can scale slowly you can scale
aggressively if you want to if you've
got the cash reserves and you have the
money in your account to spend on the
ads you can go for it of course like I
say it can be risky but that's business
if you want to take the risk then you
could end up with the reward so $1,700
almost
spent let's go over to the
26th hit apply you can see 6 1/2k
another really big day even bigger
profits and now if we come over to the
27th hit apply $1800 so you can see it's
just going up and up and now we can go
to the
27th and you can see another 6 and 1/2k
day so increased the budgets but pretty
much stayed the same
revenue and now if we go to the
28th we're all the way up to
$2,250 in Daily ad spend so now we can
come back over here now one thing I
should mention actually if we come back
one of these days we duplicated the
campaign to another country so let me
just go back to let's say the 23rd
let's have a look so yes you can see the
big jump to the 24th where the ad spin
went massively up let's have a
look the 25th let's see so yes you can
see on the 25th duplicated the campaign
and started running it to a new country
so that's why you can see that towards
the end of this month the budgets were
getting so high because we're running
two campaigns and both of them are
starting to become profitable so you can
see on this day this one wasn't that
profitable only spent $300 on it so
basically just duplicated the campaign
and all we done is just change the
country from Australia to New Zealand so
everything else is the same and of
course just gone and changed the ad copy
so just tailored the ad copy from
Australia to New Zealand so let's go
back to which day were we on we were on
the 27th so let's go over to the 28th
and hit update so now you can see 202 50
and if we come to the
28th and hit
apply you can see we've got 7 1/2k this
day again another really good day and
let's go to the 29th hit update and you
can see up to 2.6k now so let's come
over to the
28th and you can see almost a 10K day
and then finally on the last day of the
month if we go and have a look at the
30th
we can go and hit update still around 2
and 1/2k
and finally on the 30th hit apply you
can see a 10K day so that's basically
the Whole 30 days of scaling that you've
just seen and how the ad budgets have
been increased you are just using common
sense like I say bit of trial and error
if you have a profitable day increase if
you have a break even day stay the same
if you have a bad day decrease and
you're just going like that until you're
increasing the budget to such a high
amount that you are bringing in big
numbers now in the next lesson I am
going to go over cash flow because
managing all of this is the tricky part
actually just increasing the budgets is
not hard all you have to do is just come
into your ads account and just go and
increase the budget so if we just come
into the ad
set you can just go and simply increase
the budget so if we just scroll across
you can see the daily budget here you
just click on the daily budget and
simply just increase it super easy
that's not the hard part the hard part
is managing the cash flow now you might
be thinking what actually is cash flow
you keep mentioning it but what actually
is it was basically just to make sure
that the process of spending on meta to
get sales which then go into your
payment processor Shopify payments or
PayPal and then goes to your bank
account from your bank account you pay
your suppliers and whatever is left over
you spend back on meta ads that's
basically cash flow I will go over that
in the next lessons so you can get a
basic idea of how to manage that but as
you can see increasing the budgets is
super simple all you're doing is just
using common sense so hopefully that
does show you how easy it is to actually
scale in terms of increasing the budgets
and makes you slightly less scared to
actually scale because I know a lot of
beginners they are scared to scale their
stores or you might be a bit nervous a
little bit apprehensive because you're
going to have all of these orders to
process and all this money coming out of
your bank account and going into your
bank account but don't worry too much
like I say this is the reason why you
got into Drop Shipping so you've
basically just seen a whole journey of
30 days of going from first day $274 all
the way to a 10K day and if we have a
look at the month overall 66k now
obviously this basically just continued
throughout December so if we just go to
December I'm not going to make this
lesson super boring by showing you every
single day of December because it's
essentially the same thing you know
pretty much just leaving the bu
now you'll see that we're scaling down
in December this is a really another
important thing that I should mention in
this lesson is scaling down you need to
scale down as well so in terms of
scaling down scaling down is the same
process as scaling up all you're doing
then is just decreasing the budgets
slowly slowly slowly why would anyone
ever want to scale down well in
Q4 you scale down because of shipping
times so you can see here on the 10th we
really started to scale down down scale
down scale down and that's because you
don't want customers purchasing products
that they're not going to receive if
they've purchased it as a gift for
Christmas so if they're purchasing on so
you can see on the 10th we kind of
really scaled down quite a lot you can
see here we started to scale down and
that's because we don't want to send out
too many orders for people who might not
get the product at Christmas time and
that also ties in with your supplier if
you're overworking your supplier it
means the processing time are going to
be slightly longer they might mess
orders up inevitably it just happens if
you're processing 200 300 orders a day
some of them are going to be processed
late some of them are going to take
longer some of them are going to get
lost some people might get the wrong
order things like that you know it's
just a human error there's not much you
can do about it so if you're scaling
towards Christmas time and people
usually will be ordering as a gift they
will want that gift on the 25th so you
can see here if we just go back to let's
just say the
21st this is pretty much the last day of
selling and then you can see it's
nothing after that and that's basically
because customers want these products as
gifts so in terms of scaling down
usually around Q4 you will want to start
scaling down in mid December depending
on your shipping times and your
processing times of your supplier you
will generally tend to want to start
scaling down at least 10 days before
Christmas because you want your products
to get to your customers in time for
Christmas otherwise you can get a huge
amount of refunds in January and that's
really going to eat into the profits for
the month and I've done that on a store
before I got really greedy and I scaled
all the way up till even Christmas Day
and then when it came to January I had
to process loads and loads of refunds
and January was basically a massive
minus month so just loads of refunds on
the store so you really don't want to do
that so in terms of scaling another
important lesson is just remember to
also scale down at important moments now
if you have a product where you've
started scaling earlier than Q4 then you
can just continue to scale it scale it
scale it scale it as much as you can all
the way through to Q4 just before
Christmas where you might want to scale
down again and scaling down is super
simple again with in terms of the ad
budgets you're just decreasing them
daily that's basically it just bringing
them down bringing them down bringing
them down and if you really want to just
be that aggressive you can just cut them
off you know that's another simple way
to do it but I always think it's good
you know to scale them down so you can
still get some orders in and give your
supplier enough time to still be able to
process those orders orders slightly
easier towards Christmas or whatever
event it might be if it's Black Friday
or if it's Valentine's Day or if it's
Mother's Day or Father's Day if it's a
gifting product something like that
where if it's for a specific day then
you're going to want to scale down so
now we can move on to the next lesson
which is managing cash flow so in this
lesson we're going to be talking about
managing cash flow when you are scaling
so as you as you've just seen in the
last lesson we were scaling the ad
budgets and the ad budgets got quite
high around 2 and a half close to $3,000
a day so imagine that's $3,000 a day
coming out of your bank account that's a
lot of money that's not an average
normal amount of money to be spending
every single day so the first thing is
when it comes to scaling and cash flow
you're going to want to ring your bank
because you're going to want to notify
them that there's going to be a lot of
cash coming out of my bank account and
there's going to be a lot of cash going
into my bank account so you can explain
to them I run a business I sell online
this is one of our busy periods of the
Year we're starting to scale the store
and we're going to be spending a lot on
tell them the ads platform so if it's
meta ads you're going to see a lot of
money coming out for meta ads because
when you are spending sometimes your
bank accounts especially here in the UK
they will always try to confirm your
transactions and if you make big
transactions they will ring you up and
ask you was this you they'll send you
text confirming yes or no have you spent
this cash you don't want to keep dealing
with that on a regular basis if you're
constantly trying to scale and spend
money on ads and the same if a lot of
money is coming into your bank account
suddenly out of nowhere the bank is
going to be notified of this they're
going to think it's suspicious they
might think you're doing money
laundering so definitely ring the bank
first and just let them know that I'm
I'm scaling my store I own a business
where I sell online this is our busy
period of the year we're going to be
spending a lot on marketing and we're
also expecting to see a lot of cash
coming just have that discussion with
them so that they have been notified it
is on your file so that way they know
that you're going to be seeing a lot of
cash coming in and out of your bank and
they can probably offer you some things
to help you with that as well so like I
say so you don't need to keep verifying
transactions and all of these types of
things and of course so they don't shut
your bank account down if you keep
spending lots of cash on ads and you're
also going to be sending cash to your
suppliers they won't keep getting
notified of this that it could be fraud
and also they're not going to think that
you're money laundering or doing
something illegal when they see loads of
money coming into your bank so that's
the first thing that you should consider
ring your bank let them know what's
going on so they are aware of this next
up you can see that we actually have
this is the cash flow diagram so I just
wanted to mention that first and now we
can have a look at the cash flow diagram
so what actually is cash flow so you're
spending on ads and from ads people are
making purchases on your store and then
when people make a purchase from your
store that money goes into your payment
Gateway so that could be Shopify
payments that could be PayPal whichever
payment processor that you are using
then the money goes from your payment
processor into your bank account but
this can actually take a few days so
with Shopify payments and PayPal it can
take a few days to get the money from
your payment proc processor into your
bank account so those few days whilst
you're waiting you still need to be
processing the orders so you still need
to be paying your supplier in order to
process the orders and you'll also going
to be spending on ads as well so that is
why I say when you do start scaling or
if you're ready to start scaling you
should have some money saved so that you
can continually spend on ads and
increase the ad budgets and you can
continue to pay your suppliers whilst
you're waiting for for this money to
come from your payment process processes
into your bank accounts now of course
you do have a few options here you can
get a credit card however that does have
some risks that come with it because
that means you're getting into debt to
pay your ads and your suppliers and if
you do get a hold here then you're still
going to have to pay that debt off so if
you get a credit card where you need to
need to pay a minimum amount to keep up
with the payments then that could
potentially work but if you have a
six-month hold on your cash then you
know that could be very risky so I think
it's best to have some savings these
could be some savings that you made when
you initially started selling the
product or perhaps you have a job and
you already have some Savings in your
account if you don't have any savings
you really are going to want to scale
super slowly of course that means you're
not going to make as much profit
inevitably that's just common sense the
slower you scale the less profits you
will make but if you try to scale really
fast and you don't have cash left over
and saved you're going to run into a lot
of headaches and those headaches are
mainly going to be you're not going to
be able to pay your suppliers in order
for them to process the orders and
because you can't process the orders on
time you're get going to get more
customers complaining and refunding so
that's one big thing to think about
because the money basically is taking
let's say 2 to 4 days to go into your
bank so then you can pay your suppliers
well that's two to 4 days where your
products are not being processed and
fulfilled and then it's going once you
actually pay supplier then you're going
to have to wait another 1 to 3 days for
them to process the order and then ship
it out so you're basically adding on an
extra two sometimes it can take longer
it can take 5 days you're basically
adding on an extra two to 5 days to your
customer's waiting times and like I say
that's of course going to cause you more
customer service emails possibly more
refunds the second thing is you're not
going to be able to increase your ad
budgets as quickly so just think of it
this way let's say your ad spending is
on $22,000 a day let's just say for
example and you bring in
$5,000 right so now you've got $5,000 in
here take away the processing fees
you've got
4,850 hits your bank account and then
you go and give your supplier 2,000
let's say so now you're left with
2,850 so now you can put this budget up
to
2,850 that's basically how cash flow
works so you started on 2,000 per day
and then you've gone to to 2,850 once
you've gone around in this cycle cuz
that's what you're left with however
it's taken you 5 days to get all the way
back around round to spend
2,850 and within those five days if
you're set at $2,000 a day that means
that you would have also spent another
$8,000 let's just say or let's say four
days you would have spent another $8,000
because you're set at $2,000 per day
before you can scale to
2,850 but if you don't have the cash to
spend $2,000 a day you're basically
scaling back down or you're going to put
your ads on hold if you don't have any
cash you're going to put your ads off
which means you're not bringing in any
more cash and then you've just shut off
the entire cash flow and then that's
where you run into big problems your
business is in big danger there to not
be able to continuously go around this
cycle in order to actually scale so what
can you actually do you know I'm telling
you all these bad things what can you
actually do if you don't have cash
reserved saved up you need to scale
slowly so basically you start on let's
say you've got $1,000 in your bank you
start on $200 a day so $200 A Day brings
you in let's say $600 in sales these are
just H hypothetical numbers just to give
you an idea of how it works so $600 uh
$200 A Day brings you in
$600 then after payment processes you
get let's just say
$580 so you've got 580 you give your
supplier another $200 that leaves you
with3 $380 and then you can go and
increase your budget to $300 a day
however that whole process takes about 5
days let's say to go around in that
complete cycle so you would have been
spending $200 a day which means you
would need about $1,000 in your bank so
if you've got about $1,000 you can start
and then you can slowly start to
increase the budgets as that cycle goes
round and round and round you're
basically just going to have to do it
slowly you're just going to have to
increase the budgets every five six days
of course like I say with the Snowball
Effect it does get easier because you
get more money going into your bank
account so if you're increasing slowly
slowly if let's say the first day you go
around this cycle you've got an extra
three or $400 to put into ads and then
the second time you because you put an
extra $300 into ads the second time you
go around the cycle then you've got an
extra $500 to put into ads the third
time you go around the cycle because
you've spent $500 $ extra on ads now
you've got an extra $800 and every time
you go around this cycle you've got more
money to spend on ads like I say if
you're waiting every time to get that
cash then you're going to have to scale
a bit slower so if you do have money to
start with then you're going to be able
to scale much quicker so that's why as I
mentioned in the first lesson cash flow
can be kind of tricky of course if you
do have some cash re reserves to start
with before you start scaling it's going
to be much easier so if you've got
$5,000 in your bank when you get to
scaling then you'll be able to scale no
problem nice and easy because whilst
you're waiting for the money to come
round you can use that $5,000 to process
the orders to spend more on ads and then
you you basically just get the ball
rolling and it's super easy to just keep
going round and round then of course if
you're starting with a very low budget
just scale slowly that's the best advice
I can give to you as I mentioned means
you're going to probably make less
profit with scaling but profit is profit
if you're making profit and you started
with a small budget then you should
still be happy the second thing that you
can use which is just a small trick is
if you are using PayPal it really
depends on where you're based because
some countries you can't use Shopify
payments or PayPal is the only process
and maybe that you have access to things
like that if you are using PayPal you
can connect your PayPal to your meta ads
account and you can also send money from
PayPal to your suppliers if they accept
PayPal and that basically just means
that
your money you're not waiting for your
money to go from PayPal to your bank and
your money won't get stuck within PayPal
because every time you need to spend for
your business if you're spending on ads
or if you're sending your money to your
suppliers you're sending it straight
from your PayPal account so if your
PayPal account for whatever reason does
get Frozen and does get a hold where
they hold your cash you won't have too
much cash in your PayPal account because
you've continuously been spending it on
ads and sending it to your suppliers now
the last thing to mention I guess is
what happens if you do get a hold on one
of your payment gateways where they hold
your money now thankfully for me that's
never happened I I've never had a
significant hold where they've had loads
of money in one of the payment processes
for six months and where they hold it
and check your whole business and I
think the main reason behind that is
because of customer service so if you
really want to keep the cash flow going
you really just need to make sure that
you don't get a hold in this area here
within your payment processes and to
minimize the risk of getting a hold on
your payment processes the main thing
you can do is just make sure you have
really really good customer service if
somebody asks for a refund just refund
them you know don't go back and forth
and argue with them for no you know for
a $50 item that's could end up in the
long run causing you to destroy your
whole business just refund them right if
you make a few losses here and there on
refunds don't worry about it think of it
in the grand scheme of things things you
argue with 10 customers 10 customers
make charge backs and you get a hold
when you could have just refunded $500
worth okay you lose $500 big deal you
can still continue to scale your store
and keep the cash flow going just for
the sake of $500 so that's one thing to
keep in mind with customer service treat
your customers well if something's going
wrong re refund them offer them store
credit offer them another product a
replacement whatever it is keep your
customers happy if you keep your
customers happy you have a much less
likely chance of getting a hold so
that's something to keep in mind keep
your customers happy keep everything up
to date keep your tracking numbers up to
date answer your customers straight away
you know answer their emails and their
messages on the same day that they send
them to you don't leave them waiting for
one to three days you know what
customers are like people if they send
an email to a company that they don't
really know that well if you purchase
off of Amazon you might wait 1 to 3 days
to hear back because you know Amazon are
reputable you know they're a big company
you know they're going to eventually
reply however if you send an email to a
website that you've never purchased
before and you're not getting updates
you're basically just then going to go
and contact your bank and say I think
I've been scammed so answer them as
quickly as possible that's the most
important thing and I know this is the
cash flow lesson but this comes into
cash flow if you want to keep your cash
flow going and you don't want your money
to get held with your payment processes
you want to make sure that your customer
service is spot on so treat your
customers well if they ask for an update
on their order answer them as quickly as
possible if they ask for a refund refund
them if they ask for a replacement
replace the product do whatever it takes
to keep them happy because at the end of
the day if you don't keep your customers
happy you are going to run into problems
if you get a payment Gateway
hold your potentially your business is
done okay so that is basically it for
this lesson the main key takeaways from
this lesson are make make sure that you
notify your bank that there is going to
be a lot of cash coming in and out of
your bank account prior to scaling if
you have some cash reserves you'll be
able to scale much quicker so try to get
some cash reserves if you don't have any
cash reserves then you're going to scale
much slower and make sure to keep your
customers happy so that you don't get
payment Gateway holds in this video I'm
going to be showing you how you can test
new creatives for your product and then
how you can go and scale those creatives
so when you want to test new creat
atives you are going to create a new
campaign so just click on create new
campaign you are going to choose a sales
campaign again and then click on
continue choose a manual sales campaign
and click on continue you can name your
campaign after the product just add
creative testing and then you can just
go and add in the date that you started
the creative testing and then you can
scroll down make sure you turn off use a
catalog because you are just going to be
running the ads to your product pages
we're not going to turn on Advantage
campaign Budget on this one so as I
mentioned before if you turn this on it
will be a CBO campaign and as we've
covered in the previous lesson CBO means
that meta has the power to allocate the
budget to the adsets but when you are
testing creatives you want to allocate
the budget to each creative individually
depending on how they perform so if you
can see one ad creative is performing
really well then you can increase the
budget and actually scale that ad
creative so we are going to leave this
off and then click on next you can then
name your adset again I recommend to go
for a broad adset and then you are just
going to test many different ad
creatives against the same broad ad set
so we are just going to choose our broad
adet we will come in here and we will go
and select the pixel for our store and
then we are going to select the purchase
event so just go and choose the purchase
event again and then we can scroll down
you can go and choose your daily budget
now when it comes to testing creatives I
recommend to start on a smaller daily
budget so I know in the previous lessons
I mentioned on your first test campaign
you are just going to set your daily
budget to whatever you're selling your
product for but because now we are going
to be adding multiple different adsets
to test multiple different creatives you
can just go and set your daily budget to
something smaller because you're going
to be testing loads of different
creatives at once so you can go and set
it to something small for example $20
per day or even $10 per day depending on
your budget then we can simply scroll
down and we are just going to leave
everything else as the default because
it is going to be a broad adset so you
can just go and choose the location that
you want to Target and leave everything
else as the default and then you can
click on next from here you can add the
first ad creative that you want to test
so just name your ad creative choose
your Facebook page and Instagram account
for your store and then you can go and
add your ad creative
so we are just going to go for single
image or video so we can come down you
can go to add media we are going to
click on ADD video now from here you can
go and add ad creatives that you are
already using from your previous CBO
testing campaign and you can of course
continue to scale that campaign as well
and then you can go and add your
creatives from that campaign into the
creative testing campaign so this
campaign is going to be strictly for
Creative testing so you're going to test
all of the creatives against each other
if you do have some creatives that are
already performing from your original
CBO test campaign you can add those
creatives into this campaign as well and
continue to scale them here as well and
you can of course go and upload new
creatives that you want to test as well
so I'm just going to go and choose this
video for example and click on next
we're not going to crop the video so we
will just click on next and we will
click on next again and we are going to
click on done you can go and add in the
copy for your ad so the primary text
head line and description the same way
that we done when we created the first
campaign and then you can of course go
and choose your call to action again you
can do this the same way that you done
with your first campaign so you're just
going to choose a shop now call to
action and then of course if we scroll
down you are just going to go and enter
in the destination link which is going
to be your product page link and then we
can scroll all the way down to tracking
just make sure that your store's pixel
is chosen and then you can click on
publish once the campaign has been
published you can close this and all you
are then going to do is duplicate that
adet and replace the ad creative so you
can come into adsets and you can come
over to your first adset click on
duplicate choose original campaign and
click on duplicate you can go and name
this UK broad adset 2 and now you are
just going to change the ad creative so
you are going to come into the ad
creative you can go and name your ad
creative so we can just call this video
ad creative 2 and then we can scroll all
the way down and all you then need to do
is just click on edit media you can
click on change video and you can go and
upload another ad creative that you want
to use so I'm just going to go and
choose one of these ones that are
already uploaded but of course if you
are testing completely new ad creatives
you can just go and upload a brand new
ad creative so then you are just going
to go and upload your ad creative so
we'll just click on next on these ad
creatives and I am just going to click
on done on this ad creative and again
just double check that all of your copy
has been filled out you have the correct
call to action Chosen and you also have
your website URL destination Chosen and
you also have your stores pixel Chosen
and then once again you can click on
publish once that second ad creative has
been published you can close this again
you can go back to adsets and now you
are just going to repeat that process
until you have all of the ad creatives
that you want to test uploaded so each
ad creative will have their individual
adset
and from here you can start testing
these ad creatives and whichever ad
creatives perform the best you can
simply click on the pencil icon and up
the daily budget to start scaling them
so if I just switch into my other AD
account so we'll just come over to this
ad account and if you have a look at our
creative testing campaign here we can
just select this and then we can go into
adsets and if you have a look at the
audiences for most of these adsets
they're all the same we are just testing
new creatives so if we choose any of
these adsets and we come over to the ads
you can see that there are different
creatives in each adset so if we get rid
of this one and we choose this one and
we go over to ads you can see that there
are individual ads in each ad set and
then like I say depending on which ads
actually start performing you can simply
start upping the budget so you can see
that this ad here started to perform the
best so this is the one that we began to
scale as I showed you in the previous
lessons where I went over scaling the
budgets whichever one of your ad
creatives is performing the best out of
all of the ones you are testing you can
simply continue to scale the budget for
that adset and that is why we use adset
budget optimization because this gives
you the freedom to go and scale the
budgets depending on which ad creative
is performing the best and it really is
that simple when it comes to testing ad
creatives you are simply just monitoring
them based on the metrics that we have
gone over in the previous lessons you
are seeing which ad creatives are
performing the best and you are simply
increasing the budgets and scaling the
ad sets with the ad creatives that are
performing the best in this lesson I'm
going to be showing you how you can test
new audiences when you are scaling your
product now in order to test a new
audience it is very simple you can just
duplicate a campaign that's already
performing well and within the adsets
you're just going to go and change the
country that you target or or you might
decide that you want to try out interest
targeting as well so you can go and
choose your original CBO campaign that
you first started testing the product
with if it is performing well or if you
have your campaign that I showed you
how to set up in the last lesson where
you are testing new creatives and you
can see that one of those creatives is
performing well you can simply go and
duplicate that campaign so just click on
duplicate on whichever campaign is
performing better you can choose
duplicate with current settings and
click on continue you can leave this
ticked on show existing reactions
comments and shares and then click on
duplicate once you have duplicated your
campaign you can just rename it as
audience testing and now all you need to
do is go and change your audiences
within your best performing adsets so
you can come into one of your adsets and
now let's say I want to start testing in
the US I can just change this adset name
to us and then I can simply simply
scroll all the way down and I am just
going to go and change the location so
you can click on edit we can go and
remove the UK and now where it says
search locations I can type in the
United States and I can choose the
United States and now I can simply hit
publish and my ads will start running to
that new audience you can of course go
and test out interest targeting as well
so we can just scroll down and you will
see Advantage Plus audience under
detailed targeting you can come in here
and you can go and choose different
interests so for example if you're
selling a dog related product you can
come in here and type in dog you can
choose an interest related to dogs you
will also see the audience size so for
dogs the audience size is still quite
large and once you have done that just
remember to update the adset name to
reflect what you're testing so we can
come in here and I can go and type in
dogs for example and as I mentioned all
you then need to do is hit publish and
you will start testing that new audience
and then you can simply read the metrics
and scale those audiences from there as
I've shown you in the previous lessons
you can of course go and test multiple
different audiences with different
adsets so if we've saved this adet we
could come into this second adet now and
I could just repeat this process to go
and test out Australia however if you
are already scaling in one country I do
recommend to just test out one or two
countries at a time don't go crazy and
start testing loads of different
audiences and loads of different
interests because you might burn through
your budget quite quickly and if you're
already scaling with another campaign
you'll still want to put most of your
efforts on scaling that campaign because
that is the one that is already giving
you promise and that you're already
scaling now one last thing to keep in
mind when it comes to testing audiences
in order to scale the real main thing
you should be focusing on first is
testing creatives so don't start testing
loads of different audiences until you
have found a creative that is working
focused on testing creatives first and
once you have found creatives that work
you can simply go and duplicate those
campaigns as I've shown you in this
lesson to test out those creatives to
new audiences because generally if a
creative is working for one audience you
might find a similar audience that a
creative can work for so if I just close
this and we will just close this and if
I just come over to the other AD account
as you can see we had our creative
testing campaign running in Australia
and once we found the creatives that
were working well in Australia we simply
duplicated this campaign and we began to
scale it in New Zealand so we just went
and changed the country just how I
showed you a few moments ago so that is
exactly what you'll want to do test out
creatives in the original country that
you want to sell your product to and
once you find the creatives that work
you can simply duplicate those campaigns
to a similar order audience so generally
Canada and the US will have a similar
audience the UK will have its own type
of audience Australia and New Zealand
will have a similar audience and
European countries might have similar
audiences as well so for example if
you've tested a product in Germany then
you could duplicate that campaign and
try it in Switzerland or in France or in
Austria or in Denmark so think about the
types of countries that are similar to
the countries that you're already
selling to and that is how you can
duplicate your campaigns and start
testing new audiences but as I say don't
try to test too many audiences and too
many countries at once you can see that
we did attempt to test the UK but it
didn't work very well so we just focused
our efforts on Australia and New Zealand
so that is why I recommend to only
really focus on a couple of countries
but really crack one country first try
to get consistent sales with one country
first and once you have tested loads of
creatives and you can see the creatives
that are working for one particular
country then you can start testing new
audiences and you are basically then
just repeating the process with the new
audience if it works you can simply
start upping the budgets and scaling
that audience in order to bring in more
revenue and
sales in today's video I'm going to be
showing you how to automatically fulfill
your Shopify Drop Shipping orders from
AliExpress using a platform called
autods so I'll show you how you can
actually go and top up your credits on
autods so you can sit back and relax and
let your Shopify Drop Shipping orders
from AliExpress be fullfilled completely
automatically so now how do you actually
go and fulfill an order so when somebody
actually purchases an order from your
store you want to go and F fulfill this
through AliExpress so if you come over
to orders and from here you will see any
orders that have come through from your
Shopify store so now you can easily go
and fulfill these orders automatically
now in order to automatically fulfill an
order you'll firstly have to make sure
that you have enough Auto order credits
now when you create an autods account
you will be given some free auto order
credits by default but you'll have to
make sure that you always have enough
Auto order credits in order to
automatically fulfill an order so you
can simply click on buy credits and
essentially one order will cost you one
Auto order credit so as you can see the
credits are very reasonably priced so
you can purchase as many credits as you
need depending on the amount of orders
you are expecting so you can go and
choose a package and simply click on buy
now and once you have done that we can
just close this next up you'll need a
way to actually pay for your AliExpress
orders and you can do this by topping up
your autod DS balance so your balance
will actually pay for the products that
you are fulfilling and your autod DS
credits will allow you to automatically
fulfill your orders so you'll also need
to top up your autod DS balance in order
to go and pay for the products that you
want to fulfill through AliExpress so if
you come over to the top right hand
corner you can click on this and you can
click on load balance and you can go and
top up your autod DS balance so anytime
someone purchases a product from your
store it will be automatically fulfilled
using your autod DS balance so as you
can see I already have $50 on my autods
balance so now I can go and fulfill this
order so as you can see it will say in
order progress because earlier I turned
on auto fulfillment but you will need to
connect your AliExpress account to your
autod DS account for these orders to be
automatically fulfilled so you can come
to settings and from your settings you
are going to click on buyer accounts and
then click on add account where it says
supplier just go and choose AliExpress
and then you are going to click on
connect with AliExpress you will then be
brought over to AliExpress and from here
you just need to log into your
AliExpress account and then click on
authorize once you have connected your
AliExpress account to autods you will be
brought back to autods and once again
you can click on settings and under
supplier settings you will see
AliExpress so now just click on orders
and you're going to want to untick where
it says process orders using the
fulfilled by autods service in order for
for your orders to be fulfilled via
AliExpress now if you leave this ticked
on your orders will be fulfilled by
autod DS now I actually do recommend
using this service since you actually
have an autod DS account I recommend you
trying out the fulfilled by autod DS
service because in a lot of instances
they can actually find products for
cheaper and with faster shipping in
comparison to AliExpress so I recommend
to go and create some test orders using
the fulfilled by autods service and see
if you can get the product for cheaper
and with faster shipping and then you
can decide whether you want to use
alexpress or not however if you tick
this off then all of your orders will be
automatically fulfilled via AliExpress
make sure that you leave automatic
orders ticked on and this will mean that
you don't need to go and fulfill any of
your orders as soon as an order comes
through from your Shopify store it will
be automatically fulfilled you can go
and edit some of these other settings so
for example your maximum purchase order
price so if you're selling more High
ticket items you could go and increase
this price so this basically just means
that any order over $500 won't be
automatically ordered so you can go and
set this higher if you are selling more
High ticket items and you can also go
and edit the maximum loss so for example
if your supplier on AliExpress increases
the product price and you end up making
a loss on the product the order won't be
automatically fulfilled if the loss is
over the threshold that you set here so
for example if you make a $3 loss the
order will still be automatically
fulfilled but at this point if you make
a $6 loss the order won't be
automatically fulfilled and you could
perhaps go and refund the customer but
in most cases you shouldn't be making a
loss on your stores anyway now the last
thing that you need to do is click on
plans and add-ons and you can scroll all
the way down to the bottom and just make
sure ORD processor is chosen as part of
your plan if you don't have orders
processor chosen you won't be able to
automatically fulfill those orders once
you have done that you can come over to
orders and now your orders should show
as ordered and as you can see my autods
account balance has updated because it
has taken out the money that I have paid
for this particular order once the order
has been fulfilled all of the tracking
numbers will be updated automatically
from your Shopify dashboard so don't
worry about the tracking numbers being
sent to your customers because they will
be updated automatically from AliExpress
using autods so one last thing I do want
to show you when it comes to fulfilling
orders from AliExpress using autods is
the request sourcing feature and this is
where you can actually go and find your
products for cheaper and with faster
shipping so you can click on request
sourcing and then you will have created
a sourcing request and autods will be
able to go and Source the product that
you are selling and they will give you
the source price and the shipping times
for your products so you can Source your
products for cheaper and with faster
shipping times so there you have it that
is how you can start fulfilling your
Shopify Drop Shipping AliExpress orders
using autods in this lesson I'm going to
be showing you how to deal with customer
returns and refunds so let's say for
example a customer send you an email
like this hi there I ordered this
product the product is broken I would
like to request a refund firstly you are
going to email them back because you
need some information from them so
you're just going to say thanks for your
email sorry to hear you're having an
issue with your order we just need some
extra information can you provide us
with your order number you can also ask
them for their email address as well but
generally you should be able to see
their email address here and then you
can say can you provide us with images
of the products defects once we receive
these we can look to process your refund
kind regards your name customer service
assistant your store name just to make
sure that everything looks and appears
professional so once you have got the
order number and the images back from
the customer if you are using AliExpress
as your supplier you can go through the
same process so you can come to account
and click on my orders you can click on
the order that the customer is disputing
by clicking on order details and from
here you can just scroll down until you
see returns and refunds so just click on
this and then you can simply go through
the process of contacting the AliExpress
supplier to to let them know that the
product arrived with a defect you can
send them the images that the customer
sends to you and once again you can get
a refund from the AliExpress supplier
and then go and refund your customer
through Shopify you can then simply come
into your orders in your Shopify
dashboard you can find the order and
then from here you can click on refund
and you can simply select the product
that you want to refund the customer for
so you can just go and click on this
little arrow to go and select the
product that they want to refund for you
don't have to refund them shipping you
can if you want to but generally you
don't have to refund them shipping and
then you can simply just click on refund
and the customer will be refunded the
money back to their account and that is
essentially it and then you can simply
just go and send them an email back you
can just say we have processed your
refund you should receive your payment
within 21 days back to the same payment
method if you have any issues please
don't hesitate to contact us and that is
basically it it's very simple when it
comes to dealing with customer returns
and refunds in most cases it will be
fairly straight forward and of course
you are going to have to deal with
refunds at some point it is inevitable
with any e-commerce or Drop Shipping
business you will have to refund
customers at some point but like I say
don't worry too much and don't stress
too much about it in most cases it is
easier to simply just refund the
customer and move on so that you can
actually Focus focus on marketing and
growing your business instead of going
back and forth over emails over
something maybe that's going to cost you
$10 for a refund now of course if you
have a product that is getting a lot of
refunds let's say three out of every
five orders customers are requesting a
refund I would of course then recommend
to stop selling that product because it
isn't a reliable product to be selling
if you are getting a lot of customer
returns and refunds but as I say in most
cases you will only be dealing with a
few refunds from a few disant customers
and this is the easiest way to deal with
it in this lesson I want to cover the
actions you need to take in case you
receive a potentially fraudulent order
now firstly you will see this little
error message that says your order might
be fraudulent so you can click on the
order and if you scroll down you will
see the fraud analysis now if the fraud
analysis is medium you can do a little
bit more of Investigation however if the
F analysis is is high I do recommend to
refund the customer right away so in
order to refund a customer we can just
scroll back up and you can simply click
on refund you can select all of the
items to refund the customer and simply
click on refund now like I say this is
only in the instance that the fraud
analysis is high and the reason you
don't want to deal with high fraud
analysis is because it has a much higher
chance of ending up in a chargeback and
a chargeback basically just means that
some somebody has contacted their bank
because they do not recognize a
transaction on their bank statement and
usually the bank will always side with
the customer and that means they will
force you to refund that customer and
also charge you the fees to deal with
this which is usually around £10 or $10
to $15 it can vary between countries and
between Banks so that's what you need to
do if the fraud analysis is high however
if the fraud analysis is medium you can
do further investigation so we are going
to click back and we will just leave
this page and we can scroll down and as
you can see for this particular product
the for analysis is medium so then you
can click on this I icon to click on
view details so as you can see it says
some characteristics of this order are
similar to fraudulent orders observed in
the past and the main one is that the
location of the IP address that was used
to place the order is different to the
billing and sh shipping address now in a
lot of cases when this is the instance
it turns out to be totally fine the
customer might have just been at work
when they placed the order to their home
address or they might have been out at
the gym or something like that so as you
can see it says here shipping address is
11 M away so it's not really really far
they could have been at work they could
have been at the gym or they could have
been at a friends and family's house
because it isn't totally far away
however if you are worried about a
chargeback you can always follow up with
the customer so we can close this you
can click on contact buyer and then you
can contact the customer so you can just
say something like this dear customer we
hope this email finds you well thank you
for shopping with us at your store's
name we are reaching out to confirm your
recent order and then you can put in the
order number as part of our commitment
to ensuring the security and safety of
all transactions we noticed that the
location from which you placed your
order is different from the billing and
shipping address to proceed with your
order we kindly ask you to confirm the
details and verify that everything is
correct and valid then I have just gone
and said please review the following
details of your order you can then go
and put in the billing and shipping
address of the customer then you can say
if all information is accurate and you
have authorized this purchase please
reply to this email to confirm if there
are any discrepancies or if you did not
place this order please let us know as
soon as possible so we can take the
appropriate action
your prompt response will help us to
process your order without further delay
we appreciate your cooperation and
understanding in this matter thank you
for your attention and we look forward
to your response best regards and then
you can just put in your information as
a customer service assistant your
store's name your store's email and your
store's website and then you can just
scroll down click on review email and if
you are happy with your email just click
on send email now I will leave this
script in the lesson notes below so you
can simply copy and paste this if you do
want to send a similar email so I'm just
going to click on send email once the
email has been sent the customer should
contact you back if they confirm that
they did make this order you can simply
then go and fulfill the order and if
they say that they didn't make the order
you can simply go and refund them
Loading video analysis...